tccgen: Allow struct init from struct
[tinycc.git] / tccgen.c
blobc5be6594604ffdd19ffe0a590eac3e39102df61e
1 /*
2 * TCC - Tiny C Compiler
3 *
4 * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
6 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
7 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
8 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
9 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
11 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
14 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
16 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
17 * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
18 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
21 #define USING_GLOBALS
22 #include "tcc.h"
24 /********************************************************/
25 /* global variables */
27 /* loc : local variable index
28 ind : output code index
29 rsym: return symbol
30 anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
32 ST_DATA int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
34 ST_DATA Sym *global_stack;
35 ST_DATA Sym *local_stack;
36 ST_DATA Sym *define_stack;
37 ST_DATA Sym *global_label_stack;
38 ST_DATA Sym *local_label_stack;
40 static Sym *sym_free_first;
41 static void **sym_pools;
42 static int nb_sym_pools;
44 static Sym *all_cleanups, *pending_gotos;
45 static int local_scope;
46 static int in_sizeof;
47 static int in_generic;
48 static int section_sym;
49 ST_DATA char debug_modes;
51 ST_DATA SValue *vtop;
52 static SValue _vstack[1 + VSTACK_SIZE];
53 #define vstack (_vstack + 1)
55 ST_DATA int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
56 ST_DATA int nocode_wanted; /* no code generation wanted */
57 #define unevalmask 0xffff /* unevaluated subexpression */
58 #define NODATA_WANTED (nocode_wanted > 0) /* no static data output wanted either */
59 #define STATIC_DATA_WANTED (nocode_wanted & 0xC0000000) /* only static data output */
61 /* Automagical code suppression ----> */
62 #define CODE_OFF() (nocode_wanted |= 0x20000000)
63 #define CODE_ON() (nocode_wanted &= ~0x20000000)
65 static void tcc_tcov_block_begin(void);
67 /* Clear 'nocode_wanted' at label if it was used */
68 ST_FUNC void gsym(int t) { if (t) { gsym_addr(t, ind); CODE_ON(); }}
69 static int gind(void) { int t = ind; CODE_ON(); if (debug_modes) tcc_tcov_block_begin(); return t; }
71 /* Set 'nocode_wanted' after unconditional jumps */
72 static void gjmp_addr_acs(int t) { gjmp_addr(t); CODE_OFF(); }
73 static int gjmp_acs(int t) { t = gjmp(t); CODE_OFF(); return t; }
75 /* These are #undef'd at the end of this file */
76 #define gjmp_addr gjmp_addr_acs
77 #define gjmp gjmp_acs
78 /* <---- */
80 ST_DATA int global_expr; /* true if compound literals must be allocated globally (used during initializers parsing */
81 ST_DATA CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return instruction) */
82 ST_DATA int func_var; /* true if current function is variadic (used by return instruction) */
83 ST_DATA int func_vc;
84 static int last_line_num, new_file, func_ind; /* debug info control */
85 ST_DATA const char *funcname;
86 ST_DATA CType int_type, func_old_type, char_type, char_pointer_type;
87 static CString initstr;
89 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
90 #define VT_SIZE_T (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)
91 #define VT_PTRDIFF_T VT_INT
92 #elif LONG_SIZE == 4
93 #define VT_SIZE_T (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)
94 #define VT_PTRDIFF_T VT_LLONG
95 #else
96 #define VT_SIZE_T (VT_LONG | VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)
97 #define VT_PTRDIFF_T (VT_LONG | VT_LLONG)
98 #endif
100 static struct switch_t {
101 struct case_t {
102 int64_t v1, v2;
103 int sym;
104 } **p; int n; /* list of case ranges */
105 int def_sym; /* default symbol */
106 int *bsym;
107 struct scope *scope;
108 struct switch_t *prev;
109 SValue sv;
110 } *cur_switch; /* current switch */
112 #define MAX_TEMP_LOCAL_VARIABLE_NUMBER 8
113 /*list of temporary local variables on the stack in current function. */
114 static struct temp_local_variable {
115 int location; //offset on stack. Svalue.c.i
116 short size;
117 short align;
118 } arr_temp_local_vars[MAX_TEMP_LOCAL_VARIABLE_NUMBER];
119 static int nb_temp_local_vars;
121 static struct scope {
122 struct scope *prev;
123 struct { int loc, locorig, num; } vla;
124 struct { Sym *s; int n; } cl;
125 int *bsym, *csym;
126 Sym *lstk, *llstk;
127 } *cur_scope, *loop_scope, *root_scope;
129 typedef struct {
130 Section *sec;
131 int local_offset;
132 Sym *flex_array_ref;
133 } init_params;
135 #if 1
136 #define precedence_parser
137 static void init_prec(void);
138 #endif
140 /********************************************************/
141 /* stab debug support */
143 static const struct {
144 int type;
145 const char *name;
146 } default_debug[] = {
147 { VT_INT, "int:t1=r1;-2147483648;2147483647;" },
148 { VT_BYTE, "char:t2=r2;0;127;" },
149 #if LONG_SIZE == 4
150 { VT_LONG | VT_INT, "long int:t3=r3;-2147483648;2147483647;" },
151 #else
152 { VT_LLONG | VT_LONG, "long int:t3=r3;-9223372036854775808;9223372036854775807;" },
153 #endif
154 { VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED, "unsigned int:t4=r4;0;037777777777;" },
155 #if LONG_SIZE == 4
156 { VT_LONG | VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED, "long unsigned int:t5=r5;0;037777777777;" },
157 #else
158 /* use octal instead of -1 so size_t works (-gstabs+ in gcc) */
159 { VT_LLONG | VT_LONG | VT_UNSIGNED, "long unsigned int:t5=r5;0;01777777777777777777777;" },
160 #endif
161 { VT_QLONG, "__int128:t6=r6;0;-1;" },
162 { VT_QLONG | VT_UNSIGNED, "__int128 unsigned:t7=r7;0;-1;" },
163 { VT_LLONG, "long long int:t8=r8;-9223372036854775808;9223372036854775807;" },
164 { VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED, "long long unsigned int:t9=r9;0;01777777777777777777777;" },
165 { VT_SHORT, "short int:t10=r10;-32768;32767;" },
166 { VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED, "short unsigned int:t11=r11;0;65535;" },
167 { VT_BYTE | VT_DEFSIGN, "signed char:t12=r12;-128;127;" },
168 { VT_BYTE | VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char:t13=r13;0;255;" },
169 { VT_FLOAT, "float:t14=r1;4;0;" },
170 { VT_DOUBLE, "double:t15=r1;8;0;" },
171 #ifdef TCC_USING_DOUBLE_FOR_LDOUBLE
172 { VT_DOUBLE | VT_LONG, "long double:t16=r1;8;0;" },
173 #else
174 { VT_LDOUBLE, "long double:t16=r1;16;0;" },
175 #endif
176 { -1, "_Float32:t17=r1;4;0;" },
177 { -1, "_Float64:t18=r1;8;0;" },
178 { -1, "_Float128:t19=r1;16;0;" },
179 { -1, "_Float32x:t20=r1;8;0;" },
180 { -1, "_Float64x:t21=r1;16;0;" },
181 { -1, "_Decimal32:t22=r1;4;0;" },
182 { -1, "_Decimal64:t23=r1;8;0;" },
183 { -1, "_Decimal128:t24=r1;16;0;" },
184 /* if default char is unsigned */
185 { VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED, "unsigned char:t25=r25;0;255;" },
186 /* boolean type */
187 { VT_BOOL, "bool:t26=r26;0;255;" },
188 { VT_VOID, "void:t27=27" },
191 static int debug_next_type;
193 static struct debug_hash {
194 int debug_type;
195 Sym *type;
196 } *debug_hash;
198 static int n_debug_hash;
200 static struct debug_info {
201 int start;
202 int end;
203 int n_sym;
204 struct debug_sym {
205 int type;
206 unsigned long value;
207 char *str;
208 Section *sec;
209 int sym_index;
210 } *sym;
211 struct debug_info *child, *next, *last, *parent;
212 } *debug_info, *debug_info_root;
214 static struct {
215 unsigned long offset;
216 unsigned long last_file_name;
217 unsigned long last_func_name;
218 int ind;
219 int line;
220 } tcov_data;
222 /********************************************************/
223 static void gen_cast(CType *type);
224 static void gen_cast_s(int t);
225 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
226 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
227 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
228 static CType *type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
229 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
230 static void init_putv(init_params *p, CType *type, unsigned long c);
231 static void decl_initializer(init_params *p, CType *type, unsigned long c, int flags);
232 static void block(int is_expr);
233 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r, int has_init, int v, int scope);
234 static void decl(int l);
235 static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init, Sym *);
236 static void expr_eq(void);
237 static void vpush_type_size(CType *type, int *a);
238 static int is_compatible_unqualified_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
239 static inline int64_t expr_const64(void);
240 static void vpush64(int ty, unsigned long long v);
241 static void vpush(CType *type);
242 static int gvtst(int inv, int t);
243 static void gen_inline_functions(TCCState *s);
244 static void free_inline_functions(TCCState *s);
245 static void skip_or_save_block(TokenString **str);
246 static void gv_dup(void);
247 static int get_temp_local_var(int size,int align);
248 static void clear_temp_local_var_list();
249 static void cast_error(CType *st, CType *dt);
251 ST_INLN int is_float(int t)
253 int bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
254 return bt == VT_LDOUBLE
255 || bt == VT_DOUBLE
256 || bt == VT_FLOAT
257 || bt == VT_QFLOAT;
260 static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
262 return bt == VT_BYTE
263 || bt == VT_BOOL
264 || bt == VT_SHORT
265 || bt == VT_INT
266 || bt == VT_LLONG;
269 static int btype_size(int bt)
271 return bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL ? 1 :
272 bt == VT_SHORT ? 2 :
273 bt == VT_INT ? 4 :
274 bt == VT_LLONG ? 8 :
275 bt == VT_PTR ? PTR_SIZE : 0;
278 /* returns function return register from type */
279 static int R_RET(int t)
281 if (!is_float(t))
282 return REG_IRET;
283 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
284 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE)
285 return TREG_ST0;
286 #elif defined TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
287 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE)
288 return REG_IRET;
289 #endif
290 return REG_FRET;
293 /* returns 2nd function return register, if any */
294 static int R2_RET(int t)
296 t &= VT_BTYPE;
297 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
298 if (t == VT_LLONG)
299 return REG_IRE2;
300 #elif defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64
301 if (t == VT_QLONG)
302 return REG_IRE2;
303 if (t == VT_QFLOAT)
304 return REG_FRE2;
305 #elif defined TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
306 if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
307 return REG_IRE2;
308 #endif
309 return VT_CONST;
312 /* returns true for two-word types */
313 #define USING_TWO_WORDS(t) (R2_RET(t) != VT_CONST)
315 /* put function return registers to stack value */
316 static void PUT_R_RET(SValue *sv, int t)
318 sv->r = R_RET(t), sv->r2 = R2_RET(t);
321 /* returns function return register class for type t */
322 static int RC_RET(int t)
324 return reg_classes[R_RET(t)] & ~(RC_FLOAT | RC_INT);
327 /* returns generic register class for type t */
328 static int RC_TYPE(int t)
330 if (!is_float(t))
331 return RC_INT;
332 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
333 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE)
334 return RC_ST0;
335 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_QFLOAT)
336 return RC_FRET;
337 #elif defined TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
338 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LDOUBLE)
339 return RC_INT;
340 #endif
341 return RC_FLOAT;
344 /* returns 2nd register class corresponding to t and rc */
345 static int RC2_TYPE(int t, int rc)
347 if (!USING_TWO_WORDS(t))
348 return 0;
349 #ifdef RC_IRE2
350 if (rc == RC_IRET)
351 return RC_IRE2;
352 #endif
353 #ifdef RC_FRE2
354 if (rc == RC_FRET)
355 return RC_FRE2;
356 #endif
357 if (rc & RC_FLOAT)
358 return RC_FLOAT;
359 return RC_INT;
362 /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
363 non standard math libs */
364 /* XXX: endianness dependent */
365 ST_FUNC int ieee_finite(double d)
367 int p[4];
368 memcpy(p, &d, sizeof(double));
369 return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
372 /* compiling intel long double natively */
373 #if (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__) \
374 && (defined TCC_TARGET_I386 || defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
375 # define TCC_IS_NATIVE_387
376 #endif
378 ST_FUNC void test_lvalue(void)
380 if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
381 expect("lvalue");
384 ST_FUNC void check_vstack(void)
386 if (vtop != vstack - 1)
387 tcc_error("internal compiler error: vstack leak (%d)",
388 (int)(vtop - vstack + 1));
391 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
392 /* vstack debugging aid */
394 #if 0
395 void pv (const char *lbl, int a, int b)
397 int i;
398 for (i = a; i < a + b; ++i) {
399 SValue *p = &vtop[-i];
400 printf("%s vtop[-%d] : type.t:%04x r:%04x r2:%04x c.i:%d\n",
401 lbl, i, p->type.t, p->r, p->r2, (int)p->c.i);
404 #endif
406 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
407 /* start of translation unit info */
408 ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_start(TCCState *s1)
410 if (s1->do_debug) {
411 int i;
412 char buf[512];
414 /* file info: full path + filename */
415 section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
416 ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
417 text_section->sh_num, NULL);
418 getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
419 #ifdef _WIN32
420 normalize_slashes(buf);
421 #endif
422 pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
423 put_stabs_r(s1, buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
424 text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
425 put_stabs_r(s1, file->prev ? file->prev->filename : file->filename,
426 N_SO, 0, 0,
427 text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
428 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (default_debug) / sizeof (default_debug[0]); i++)
429 put_stabs(s1, default_debug[i].name, N_LSYM, 0, 0, 0);
431 new_file = last_line_num = 0;
432 func_ind = -1;
433 debug_next_type = sizeof(default_debug) / sizeof(default_debug[0]);
434 debug_hash = NULL;
435 n_debug_hash = 0;
437 /* we're currently 'including' the <command line> */
438 tcc_debug_bincl(s1);
441 /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
442 symbols can be safely used */
443 put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
444 ELFW(ST_INFO)(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
445 SHN_ABS, file->filename);
448 /* put end of translation unit info */
449 ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_end(TCCState *s1)
451 if (!s1->do_debug)
452 return;
453 put_stabs_r(s1, NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
454 text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
455 tcc_free(debug_hash);
458 static BufferedFile* put_new_file(TCCState *s1)
460 BufferedFile *f = file;
461 /* use upper file if from inline ":asm:" */
462 if (f->filename[0] == ':')
463 f = f->prev;
464 if (f && new_file) {
465 put_stabs_r(s1, f->filename, N_SOL, 0, 0, ind, text_section, section_sym);
466 new_file = last_line_num = 0;
468 return f;
471 /* put alternative filename */
472 ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_putfile(TCCState *s1, const char *filename)
474 if (0 == strcmp(file->filename, filename))
475 return;
476 pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof(file->filename), filename);
477 new_file = 1;
480 /* begin of #include */
481 ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_bincl(TCCState *s1)
483 if (!s1->do_debug)
484 return;
485 put_stabs(s1, file->filename, N_BINCL, 0, 0, 0);
486 new_file = 1;
489 /* end of #include */
490 ST_FUNC void tcc_debug_eincl(TCCState *s1)
492 if (!s1->do_debug)
493 return;
494 put_stabn(s1, N_EINCL, 0, 0, 0);
495 new_file = 1;
498 /* generate line number info */
499 static void tcc_debug_line(TCCState *s1)
501 BufferedFile *f;
502 if (!s1->do_debug
503 || cur_text_section != text_section
504 || !(f = put_new_file(s1))
505 || last_line_num == f->line_num)
506 return;
507 if (func_ind != -1) {
508 put_stabn(s1, N_SLINE, 0, f->line_num, ind - func_ind);
509 } else {
510 /* from tcc_assemble */
511 put_stabs_r(s1, NULL, N_SLINE, 0, f->line_num, ind, text_section, section_sym);
513 last_line_num = f->line_num;
516 static void tcc_debug_stabs (TCCState *s1, const char *str, int type, unsigned long value,
517 Section *sec, int sym_index)
519 struct debug_sym *s;
521 if (debug_info) {
522 debug_info->sym =
523 (struct debug_sym *)tcc_realloc (debug_info->sym,
524 sizeof(struct debug_sym) *
525 (debug_info->n_sym + 1));
526 s = debug_info->sym + debug_info->n_sym++;
527 s->type = type;
528 s->value = value;
529 s->str = tcc_strdup(str);
530 s->sec = sec;
531 s->sym_index = sym_index;
533 else if (sec)
534 put_stabs_r (s1, str, type, 0, 0, value, sec, sym_index);
535 else
536 put_stabs (s1, str, type, 0, 0, value);
539 static void tcc_debug_stabn(TCCState *s1, int type, int value)
541 if (!s1->do_debug)
542 return;
543 if (type == N_LBRAC) {
544 struct debug_info *info =
545 (struct debug_info *) tcc_mallocz(sizeof (*info));
547 info->start = value;
548 info->parent = debug_info;
549 if (debug_info) {
550 if (debug_info->child) {
551 if (debug_info->child->last)
552 debug_info->child->last->next = info;
553 else
554 debug_info->child->next = info;
555 debug_info->child->last = info;
557 else
558 debug_info->child = info;
560 else
561 debug_info_root = info;
562 debug_info = info;
564 else {
565 debug_info->end = value;
566 debug_info = debug_info->parent;
570 static void tcc_get_debug_info(TCCState *s1, Sym *s, CString *result)
572 int type;
573 int n = 0;
574 int debug_type = -1;
575 Sym *t = s;
576 CString str;
578 for (;;) {
579 type = t->type.t & ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
580 if ((type & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BYTE)
581 type &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
582 if (type == VT_PTR || type == (VT_PTR | VT_ARRAY))
583 n++, t = t->type.ref;
584 else
585 break;
587 if ((type & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
588 int i;
590 t = t->type.ref;
591 for (i = 0; i < n_debug_hash; i++) {
592 if (t == debug_hash[i].type) {
593 debug_type = debug_hash[i].debug_type;
594 break;
597 if (debug_type == -1) {
598 debug_type = ++debug_next_type;
599 debug_hash = (struct debug_hash *)
600 tcc_realloc (debug_hash,
601 (n_debug_hash + 1) * sizeof(*debug_hash));
602 debug_hash[n_debug_hash].debug_type = debug_type;
603 debug_hash[n_debug_hash++].type = t;
604 cstr_new (&str);
605 cstr_printf (&str, "%s:T%d=%c%d",
606 (t->v & ~SYM_STRUCT) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM
607 ? "" : get_tok_str(t->v & ~SYM_STRUCT, NULL),
608 debug_type,
609 IS_UNION (t->type.t) ? 'u' : 's',
610 t->c);
611 while (t->next) {
612 int pos, size, align;
614 t = t->next;
615 cstr_printf (&str, "%s:",
616 (t->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM
617 ? "" : get_tok_str(t->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
618 tcc_get_debug_info (s1, t, &str);
619 if (t->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
620 pos = t->c * 8 + BIT_POS(t->type.t);
621 size = BIT_SIZE(t->type.t);
623 else {
624 pos = t->c * 8;
625 size = type_size(&t->type, &align) * 8;
627 cstr_printf (&str, ",%d,%d;", pos, size);
629 cstr_printf (&str, ";");
630 tcc_debug_stabs(s1, str.data, N_LSYM, 0, NULL, 0);
631 cstr_free (&str);
634 else if (IS_ENUM(type)) {
635 Sym *e = t = t->type.ref;
637 debug_type = ++debug_next_type;
638 cstr_new (&str);
639 cstr_printf (&str, "%s:T%d=e",
640 (t->v & ~SYM_STRUCT) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM
641 ? "" : get_tok_str(t->v & ~SYM_STRUCT, NULL),
642 debug_type);
643 while (t->next) {
644 t = t->next;
645 cstr_printf (&str, "%s:",
646 (t->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM
647 ? "" : get_tok_str(t->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
648 cstr_printf (&str, e->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? "%u," : "%d,",
649 (int)t->enum_val);
651 cstr_printf (&str, ";");
652 tcc_debug_stabs(s1, str.data, N_LSYM, 0, NULL, 0);
653 cstr_free (&str);
655 else if ((type & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
656 type &= ~VT_STRUCT_MASK;
657 for (debug_type = 1;
658 debug_type <= sizeof(default_debug) / sizeof(default_debug[0]);
659 debug_type++)
660 if (default_debug[debug_type - 1].type == type)
661 break;
662 if (debug_type > sizeof(default_debug) / sizeof(default_debug[0]))
663 return;
665 if (n > 0)
666 cstr_printf (result, "%d=", ++debug_next_type);
667 t = s;
668 for (;;) {
669 type = t->type.t & ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
670 if ((type & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BYTE)
671 type &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
672 if (type == VT_PTR)
673 cstr_printf (result, "%d=*", ++debug_next_type);
674 else if (type == (VT_PTR | VT_ARRAY))
675 cstr_printf (result, "%d=ar1;0;%d;",
676 ++debug_next_type, t->type.ref->c - 1);
677 else if (type == VT_FUNC) {
678 cstr_printf (result, "%d=f", ++debug_next_type);
679 tcc_get_debug_info (s1, t->type.ref, result);
680 return;
682 else
683 break;
684 t = t->type.ref;
686 cstr_printf (result, "%d", debug_type);
689 static void tcc_debug_finish (TCCState *s1, struct debug_info *cur)
691 while (cur) {
692 int i;
693 struct debug_info *next = cur->next;
695 for (i = 0; i < cur->n_sym; i++) {
696 struct debug_sym *s = &cur->sym[i];
698 if (s->sec)
699 put_stabs_r(s1, s->str, s->type, 0, 0, s->value,
700 s->sec, s->sym_index);
701 else
702 put_stabs(s1, s->str, s->type, 0, 0, s->value);
703 tcc_free (s->str);
705 tcc_free (cur->sym);
706 put_stabn(s1, N_LBRAC, 0, 0, cur->start);
707 tcc_debug_finish (s1, cur->child);
708 put_stabn(s1, N_RBRAC, 0, 0, cur->end);
709 tcc_free (cur);
710 cur = next;
714 static void tcc_add_debug_info(TCCState *s1, int param, Sym *s, Sym *e)
716 CString debug_str;
717 if (!s1->do_debug)
718 return;
719 cstr_new (&debug_str);
720 for (; s != e; s = s->prev) {
721 if (!s->v || (s->r & VT_VALMASK) != VT_LOCAL)
722 continue;
723 cstr_reset (&debug_str);
724 cstr_printf (&debug_str, "%s:%s", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL), param ? "p" : "");
725 tcc_get_debug_info(s1, s, &debug_str);
726 tcc_debug_stabs(s1, debug_str.data, param ? N_PSYM : N_LSYM, s->c, NULL, 0);
728 cstr_free (&debug_str);
731 /* put function symbol */
732 static void tcc_debug_funcstart(TCCState *s1, Sym *sym)
734 CString debug_str;
735 BufferedFile *f;
736 if (!s1->do_debug)
737 return;
738 debug_info_root = NULL;
739 debug_info = NULL;
740 tcc_debug_stabn(s1, N_LBRAC, ind - func_ind);
741 if (!(f = put_new_file(s1)))
742 return;
743 cstr_new (&debug_str);
744 cstr_printf(&debug_str, "%s:%c", funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
745 tcc_get_debug_info(s1, sym->type.ref, &debug_str);
746 put_stabs_r(s1, debug_str.data, N_FUN, 0, f->line_num, 0, cur_text_section, sym->c);
747 cstr_free (&debug_str);
749 tcc_debug_line(s1);
752 /* put function size */
753 static void tcc_debug_funcend(TCCState *s1, int size)
755 if (!s1->do_debug)
756 return;
757 tcc_debug_stabn(s1, N_RBRAC, size);
758 tcc_debug_finish (s1, debug_info_root);
762 static void tcc_debug_extern_sym(TCCState *s1, Sym *sym, int sh_num, int sym_bind, int sym_type)
764 Section *s;
765 CString str;
767 if (!s1->do_debug)
768 return;
769 if (sym_type == STT_FUNC || sym->v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
770 return;
771 s = s1->sections[sh_num];
773 cstr_new (&str);
774 cstr_printf (&str, "%s:%c",
775 get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL),
776 sym_bind == STB_GLOBAL ? 'G' : local_scope ? 'V' : 'S'
778 tcc_get_debug_info(s1, sym, &str);
779 if (sym_bind == STB_GLOBAL)
780 tcc_debug_stabs(s1, str.data, N_GSYM, 0, NULL, 0);
781 else
782 tcc_debug_stabs(s1, str.data,
783 (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC) && data_section == s
784 ? N_STSYM : N_LCSYM, 0, s, sym->c);
785 cstr_free (&str);
788 static void tcc_debug_typedef(TCCState *s1, Sym *sym)
790 CString str;
792 if (!s1->do_debug)
793 return;
794 cstr_new (&str);
795 cstr_printf (&str, "%s:t",
796 (sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM
797 ? "" : get_tok_str(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
798 tcc_get_debug_info(s1, sym, &str);
799 tcc_debug_stabs(s1, str.data, N_LSYM, 0, NULL, 0);
800 cstr_free (&str);
803 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
804 /* for section layout see lib/tcov.c */
806 static void tcc_tcov_block_end(int line);
808 static void tcc_tcov_block_begin(void)
810 SValue sv;
811 void *ptr;
812 unsigned long last_offset = tcov_data.offset;
814 tcc_tcov_block_end (0);
815 if (tcc_state->test_coverage == 0 || nocode_wanted)
816 return;
818 if (tcov_data.last_file_name == 0 ||
819 strcmp ((const char *)(tcov_section->data + tcov_data.last_file_name),
820 file->true_filename) != 0) {
821 char wd[1024];
822 CString cstr;
824 if (tcov_data.last_func_name)
825 section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 1);
826 if (tcov_data.last_file_name)
827 section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 1);
828 tcov_data.last_func_name = 0;
829 cstr_new (&cstr);
830 if (file->true_filename[0] == '/') {
831 tcov_data.last_file_name = tcov_section->data_offset;
832 cstr_printf (&cstr, "%s", file->true_filename);
834 else {
835 getcwd (wd, sizeof(wd));
836 tcov_data.last_file_name = tcov_section->data_offset + strlen(wd) + 1;
837 cstr_printf (&cstr, "%s/%s", wd, file->true_filename);
839 ptr = section_ptr_add(tcov_section, cstr.size + 1);
840 strcpy((char *)ptr, cstr.data);
841 #ifdef _WIN32
842 normalize_slashes((char *)ptr);
843 #endif
844 cstr_free (&cstr);
846 if (tcov_data.last_func_name == 0 ||
847 strcmp ((const char *)(tcov_section->data + tcov_data.last_func_name),
848 funcname) != 0) {
849 size_t len;
851 if (tcov_data.last_func_name)
852 section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 1);
853 tcov_data.last_func_name = tcov_section->data_offset;
854 len = strlen (funcname);
855 ptr = section_ptr_add(tcov_section, len + 1);
856 strcpy((char *)ptr, funcname);
857 section_ptr_add(tcov_section, -tcov_section->data_offset & 7);
858 ptr = section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 8);
859 write64le (ptr, file->line_num);
861 if (ind == tcov_data.ind && tcov_data.line == file->line_num)
862 tcov_data.offset = last_offset;
863 else {
864 Sym label = {0};
865 label.type.t = VT_LLONG | VT_STATIC;
867 ptr = section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 16);
868 tcov_data.line = file->line_num;
869 write64le (ptr, (tcov_data.line << 8) | 0xff);
870 put_extern_sym(&label, tcov_section,
871 ((unsigned char *)ptr - tcov_section->data) + 8, 0);
872 sv.type = label.type;
873 sv.r = VT_SYM | VT_LVAL | VT_CONST;
874 sv.r2 = VT_CONST;
875 sv.c.i = 0;
876 sv.sym = &label;
877 #if defined TCC_TARGET_I386 || defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64 || \
878 defined TCC_TARGET_ARM || defined TCC_TARGET_ARM64 || \
879 defined TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
880 gen_increment_tcov (&sv);
881 #else
882 vpushv(&sv);
883 inc(0, TOK_INC);
884 vpop();
885 #endif
886 tcov_data.offset = (unsigned char *)ptr - tcov_section->data;
887 tcov_data.ind = ind;
891 static void tcc_tcov_block_end(int line)
893 if (tcc_state->test_coverage == 0)
894 return;
895 if (tcov_data.offset) {
896 void *ptr = tcov_section->data + tcov_data.offset;
897 unsigned long long nline = line ? line : file->line_num;
899 write64le (ptr, (read64le (ptr) & 0xfffffffffull) | (nline << 36));
900 tcov_data.offset = 0;
904 static void tcc_tcov_check_line(int start)
906 if (tcc_state->test_coverage == 0)
907 return;
908 if (tcov_data.line != file->line_num) {
909 if ((tcov_data.line + 1) != file->line_num) {
910 tcc_tcov_block_end (tcov_data.line);
911 if (start)
912 tcc_tcov_block_begin ();
914 else
915 tcov_data.line = file->line_num;
919 static void tcc_tcov_start(void)
921 if (tcc_state->test_coverage == 0)
922 return;
923 memset (&tcov_data, 0, sizeof (tcov_data));
924 if (tcov_section == NULL) {
925 tcov_section = new_section(tcc_state, ".tcov", SHT_PROGBITS,
926 SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
927 section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 4); // pointer to executable name
931 static void tcc_tcov_end(void)
933 if (tcc_state->test_coverage == 0)
934 return;
935 if (tcov_data.last_func_name)
936 section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 1);
937 if (tcov_data.last_file_name)
938 section_ptr_add(tcov_section, 1);
941 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
942 /* initialize vstack and types. This must be done also for tcc -E */
943 ST_FUNC void tccgen_init(TCCState *s1)
945 vtop = vstack - 1;
946 memset(vtop, 0, sizeof *vtop);
948 /* define some often used types */
949 int_type.t = VT_INT;
951 char_type.t = VT_BYTE;
952 if (s1->char_is_unsigned)
953 char_type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
954 char_pointer_type = char_type;
955 mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
957 func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
958 func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, 0, 0);
959 func_old_type.ref->f.func_call = FUNC_CDECL;
960 func_old_type.ref->f.func_type = FUNC_OLD;
961 #ifdef precedence_parser
962 init_prec();
963 #endif
964 cstr_new(&initstr);
967 ST_FUNC int tccgen_compile(TCCState *s1)
969 cur_text_section = NULL;
970 funcname = "";
971 anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
972 section_sym = 0;
973 const_wanted = 0;
974 nocode_wanted = 0x80000000;
975 local_scope = 0;
976 debug_modes = s1->do_debug | s1->test_coverage << 1;
978 tcc_debug_start(s1);
979 tcc_tcov_start ();
980 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
981 arm_init(s1);
982 #endif
983 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
984 printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
985 #endif
986 parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_STR;
987 next();
988 decl(VT_CONST);
989 gen_inline_functions(s1);
990 check_vstack();
991 /* end of translation unit info */
992 tcc_debug_end(s1);
993 tcc_tcov_end ();
994 return 0;
997 ST_FUNC void tccgen_finish(TCCState *s1)
999 cstr_free(&initstr);
1000 free_inline_functions(s1);
1001 sym_pop(&global_stack, NULL, 0);
1002 sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL, 0);
1003 /* free preprocessor macros */
1004 free_defines(NULL);
1005 /* free sym_pools */
1006 dynarray_reset(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools);
1007 sym_free_first = NULL;
1010 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1011 ST_FUNC ElfSym *elfsym(Sym *s)
1013 if (!s || !s->c)
1014 return NULL;
1015 return &((ElfSym *)symtab_section->data)[s->c];
1018 /* apply storage attributes to Elf symbol */
1019 ST_FUNC void update_storage(Sym *sym)
1021 ElfSym *esym;
1022 int sym_bind, old_sym_bind;
1024 esym = elfsym(sym);
1025 if (!esym)
1026 return;
1028 if (sym->a.visibility)
1029 esym->st_other = (esym->st_other & ~ELFW(ST_VISIBILITY)(-1))
1030 | sym->a.visibility;
1032 if (sym->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE))
1033 sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
1034 else if (sym->a.weak)
1035 sym_bind = STB_WEAK;
1036 else
1037 sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
1038 old_sym_bind = ELFW(ST_BIND)(esym->st_info);
1039 if (sym_bind != old_sym_bind) {
1040 esym->st_info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(sym_bind, ELFW(ST_TYPE)(esym->st_info));
1043 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1044 if (sym->a.dllimport)
1045 esym->st_other |= ST_PE_IMPORT;
1046 if (sym->a.dllexport)
1047 esym->st_other |= ST_PE_EXPORT;
1048 #endif
1050 #if 0
1051 printf("storage %s: bind=%c vis=%d exp=%d imp=%d\n",
1052 get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL),
1053 sym_bind == STB_WEAK ? 'w' : sym_bind == STB_LOCAL ? 'l' : 'g',
1054 sym->a.visibility,
1055 sym->a.dllexport,
1056 sym->a.dllimport
1058 #endif
1061 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1062 /* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
1063 'section' with value 'value' */
1065 ST_FUNC void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, int sh_num,
1066 addr_t value, unsigned long size,
1067 int can_add_underscore)
1069 int sym_type, sym_bind, info, other, t;
1070 ElfSym *esym;
1071 const char *name;
1072 char buf1[256];
1074 if (!sym->c) {
1075 name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
1076 t = sym->type.t;
1077 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
1078 sym_type = STT_FUNC;
1079 } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
1080 sym_type = STT_NOTYPE;
1081 if ((t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_ASM_FUNC)) == VT_ASM_FUNC)
1082 sym_type = STT_FUNC;
1083 } else {
1084 sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
1086 if (t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE))
1087 sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
1088 else
1089 sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
1090 other = 0;
1092 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1093 if (sym_type == STT_FUNC && sym->type.ref) {
1094 Sym *ref = sym->type.ref;
1095 if (ref->a.nodecorate) {
1096 can_add_underscore = 0;
1098 if (ref->f.func_call == FUNC_STDCALL && can_add_underscore) {
1099 sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, ref->f.func_args * PTR_SIZE);
1100 name = buf1;
1101 other |= ST_PE_STDCALL;
1102 can_add_underscore = 0;
1105 #endif
1107 if (sym->asm_label) {
1108 name = get_tok_str(sym->asm_label, NULL);
1109 can_add_underscore = 0;
1112 if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
1113 buf1[0] = '_';
1114 pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
1115 name = buf1;
1118 info = ELFW(ST_INFO)(sym_bind, sym_type);
1119 sym->c = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
1121 if (debug_modes)
1122 tcc_debug_extern_sym(tcc_state, sym, sh_num, sym_bind, sym_type);
1124 } else {
1125 esym = elfsym(sym);
1126 esym->st_value = value;
1127 esym->st_size = size;
1128 esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
1130 update_storage(sym);
1133 ST_FUNC void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1134 addr_t value, unsigned long size)
1136 int sh_num = section ? section->sh_num : SHN_UNDEF;
1137 put_extern_sym2(sym, sh_num, value, size, 1);
1140 /* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
1141 ST_FUNC void greloca(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type,
1142 addr_t addend)
1144 int c = 0;
1146 if (nocode_wanted && s == cur_text_section)
1147 return;
1149 if (sym) {
1150 if (0 == sym->c)
1151 put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
1152 c = sym->c;
1155 /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
1156 put_elf_reloca(symtab_section, s, offset, type, c, addend);
1159 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
1160 ST_FUNC void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
1162 greloca(s, sym, offset, type, 0);
1164 #endif
1166 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1167 /* symbol allocator */
1168 static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
1170 Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
1171 int i;
1173 sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
1174 dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
1176 last_sym = sym_free_first;
1177 sym = sym_pool;
1178 for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
1179 sym->next = last_sym;
1180 last_sym = sym;
1181 sym++;
1183 sym_free_first = last_sym;
1184 return last_sym;
1187 static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
1189 Sym *sym;
1190 #ifndef SYM_DEBUG
1191 sym = sym_free_first;
1192 if (!sym)
1193 sym = __sym_malloc();
1194 sym_free_first = sym->next;
1195 return sym;
1196 #else
1197 sym = tcc_malloc(sizeof(Sym));
1198 return sym;
1199 #endif
1202 ST_INLN void sym_free(Sym *sym)
1204 #ifndef SYM_DEBUG
1205 sym->next = sym_free_first;
1206 sym_free_first = sym;
1207 #else
1208 tcc_free(sym);
1209 #endif
1212 /* push, without hashing */
1213 ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, int c)
1215 Sym *s;
1217 s = sym_malloc();
1218 memset(s, 0, sizeof *s);
1219 s->v = v;
1220 s->type.t = t;
1221 s->c = c;
1222 /* add in stack */
1223 s->prev = *ps;
1224 *ps = s;
1225 return s;
1228 /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
1229 of the symbol stack */
1230 ST_FUNC Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
1232 while (s) {
1233 if (s->v == v)
1234 return s;
1235 else if (s->v == -1)
1236 return NULL;
1237 s = s->prev;
1239 return NULL;
1242 /* structure lookup */
1243 ST_INLN Sym *struct_find(int v)
1245 v -= TOK_IDENT;
1246 if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1247 return NULL;
1248 return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
1251 /* find an identifier */
1252 ST_INLN Sym *sym_find(int v)
1254 v -= TOK_IDENT;
1255 if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1256 return NULL;
1257 return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
1260 static int sym_scope(Sym *s)
1262 if (IS_ENUM_VAL (s->type.t))
1263 return s->type.ref->sym_scope;
1264 else
1265 return s->sym_scope;
1268 /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
1269 ST_FUNC Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
1271 Sym *s, **ps;
1272 TokenSym *ts;
1274 if (local_stack)
1275 ps = &local_stack;
1276 else
1277 ps = &global_stack;
1278 s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
1279 s->type.ref = type->ref;
1280 s->r = r;
1281 /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
1282 /* XXX: simplify */
1283 if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1284 /* record symbol in token array */
1285 ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1286 if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1287 ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1288 else
1289 ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1290 s->prev_tok = *ps;
1291 *ps = s;
1292 s->sym_scope = local_scope;
1293 if (s->prev_tok && sym_scope(s->prev_tok) == s->sym_scope)
1294 tcc_error("redeclaration of '%s'",
1295 get_tok_str(v & ~SYM_STRUCT, NULL));
1297 return s;
1300 /* push a global identifier */
1301 ST_FUNC Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
1303 Sym *s, **ps;
1304 s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
1305 s->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
1306 /* don't record anonymous symbol */
1307 if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1308 ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
1309 /* modify the top most local identifier, so that sym_identifier will
1310 point to 's' when popped; happens when called from inline asm */
1311 while (*ps != NULL && (*ps)->sym_scope)
1312 ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
1313 s->prev_tok = *ps;
1314 *ps = s;
1316 return s;
1319 /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b'. If KEEP is non-zero don't really
1320 pop them yet from the list, but do remove them from the token array. */
1321 ST_FUNC void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b, int keep)
1323 Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
1324 TokenSym *ts;
1325 int v;
1327 s = *ptop;
1328 while(s != b) {
1329 ss = s->prev;
1330 v = s->v;
1331 /* remove symbol in token array */
1332 /* XXX: simplify */
1333 if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1334 ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1335 if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1336 ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1337 else
1338 ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1339 *ps = s->prev_tok;
1341 if (!keep)
1342 sym_free(s);
1343 s = ss;
1345 if (!keep)
1346 *ptop = b;
1349 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1350 static void vcheck_cmp(void)
1352 /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
1353 avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
1354 because it would complicate the code generator.
1356 Don't do this when nocode_wanted. vtop might come from
1357 !nocode_wanted regions (see 88_codeopt.c) and transforming
1358 it to a register without actually generating code is wrong
1359 as their value might still be used for real. All values
1360 we push under nocode_wanted will eventually be popped
1361 again, so that the VT_CMP/VT_JMP value will be in vtop
1362 when code is unsuppressed again. */
1364 if (vtop->r == VT_CMP && !nocode_wanted)
1365 gv(RC_INT);
1368 static void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
1370 if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
1371 tcc_error("memory full (vstack)");
1372 vcheck_cmp();
1373 vtop++;
1374 vtop->type = *type;
1375 vtop->r = r;
1376 vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
1377 vtop->c = *vc;
1378 vtop->sym = NULL;
1381 ST_FUNC void vswap(void)
1383 SValue tmp;
1385 vcheck_cmp();
1386 tmp = vtop[0];
1387 vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
1388 vtop[-1] = tmp;
1391 /* pop stack value */
1392 ST_FUNC void vpop(void)
1394 int v;
1395 v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
1396 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
1397 /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
1398 if (v == TREG_ST0) {
1399 o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
1400 } else
1401 #endif
1402 if (v == VT_CMP) {
1403 /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
1404 gsym(vtop->jtrue);
1405 gsym(vtop->jfalse);
1407 vtop--;
1410 /* push constant of type "type" with useless value */
1411 static void vpush(CType *type)
1413 vset(type, VT_CONST, 0);
1416 /* push arbitrary 64bit constant */
1417 static void vpush64(int ty, unsigned long long v)
1419 CValue cval;
1420 CType ctype;
1421 ctype.t = ty;
1422 ctype.ref = NULL;
1423 cval.i = v;
1424 vsetc(&ctype, VT_CONST, &cval);
1427 /* push integer constant */
1428 ST_FUNC void vpushi(int v)
1430 vpush64(VT_INT, v);
1433 /* push a pointer sized constant */
1434 static void vpushs(addr_t v)
1436 vpush64(VT_SIZE_T, v);
1439 /* push long long constant */
1440 static inline void vpushll(long long v)
1442 vpush64(VT_LLONG, v);
1445 ST_FUNC void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
1447 CValue cval;
1448 cval.i = v;
1449 vsetc(type, r, &cval);
1452 static void vseti(int r, int v)
1454 CType type;
1455 type.t = VT_INT;
1456 type.ref = NULL;
1457 vset(&type, r, v);
1460 ST_FUNC void vpushv(SValue *v)
1462 if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
1463 tcc_error("memory full (vstack)");
1464 vtop++;
1465 *vtop = *v;
1468 static void vdup(void)
1470 vpushv(vtop);
1473 /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
1474 I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
1476 ST_FUNC void vrotb(int n)
1478 int i;
1479 SValue tmp;
1481 vcheck_cmp();
1482 tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
1483 for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
1484 vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
1485 vtop[0] = tmp;
1488 /* rotate the n elements before entry e towards the top
1489 I1 ... In ... -> In I1 ... I(n-1) ... [top is right]
1491 ST_FUNC void vrote(SValue *e, int n)
1493 int i;
1494 SValue tmp;
1496 vcheck_cmp();
1497 tmp = *e;
1498 for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
1499 e[-i] = e[-i - 1];
1500 e[-n + 1] = tmp;
1503 /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
1504 I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1) [top is right]
1506 ST_FUNC void vrott(int n)
1508 vrote(vtop, n);
1511 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1512 /* vtop->r = VT_CMP means CPU-flags have been set from comparison or test. */
1514 /* called from generators to set the result from relational ops */
1515 ST_FUNC void vset_VT_CMP(int op)
1517 vtop->r = VT_CMP;
1518 vtop->cmp_op = op;
1519 vtop->jfalse = 0;
1520 vtop->jtrue = 0;
1523 /* called once before asking generators to load VT_CMP to a register */
1524 static void vset_VT_JMP(void)
1526 int op = vtop->cmp_op;
1528 if (vtop->jtrue || vtop->jfalse) {
1529 /* we need to jump to 'mov $0,%R' or 'mov $1,%R' */
1530 int inv = op & (op < 2); /* small optimization */
1531 vseti(VT_JMP+inv, gvtst(inv, 0));
1532 } else {
1533 /* otherwise convert flags (rsp. 0/1) to register */
1534 vtop->c.i = op;
1535 if (op < 2) /* doesn't seem to happen */
1536 vtop->r = VT_CONST;
1540 /* Set CPU Flags, doesn't yet jump */
1541 static void gvtst_set(int inv, int t)
1543 int *p;
1545 if (vtop->r != VT_CMP) {
1546 vpushi(0);
1547 gen_op(TOK_NE);
1548 if (vtop->r != VT_CMP) /* must be VT_CONST then */
1549 vset_VT_CMP(vtop->c.i != 0);
1552 p = inv ? &vtop->jfalse : &vtop->jtrue;
1553 *p = gjmp_append(*p, t);
1556 /* Generate value test
1558 * Generate a test for any value (jump, comparison and integers) */
1559 static int gvtst(int inv, int t)
1561 int op, x, u;
1563 gvtst_set(inv, t);
1564 t = vtop->jtrue, u = vtop->jfalse;
1565 if (inv)
1566 x = u, u = t, t = x;
1567 op = vtop->cmp_op;
1569 /* jump to the wanted target */
1570 if (op > 1)
1571 t = gjmp_cond(op ^ inv, t);
1572 else if (op != inv)
1573 t = gjmp(t);
1574 /* resolve complementary jumps to here */
1575 gsym(u);
1577 vtop--;
1578 return t;
1581 /* generate a zero or nozero test */
1582 static void gen_test_zero(int op)
1584 if (vtop->r == VT_CMP) {
1585 int j;
1586 if (op == TOK_EQ) {
1587 j = vtop->jfalse;
1588 vtop->jfalse = vtop->jtrue;
1589 vtop->jtrue = j;
1590 vtop->cmp_op ^= 1;
1592 } else {
1593 vpushi(0);
1594 gen_op(op);
1598 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
1599 /* push a symbol value of TYPE */
1600 ST_FUNC void vpushsym(CType *type, Sym *sym)
1602 CValue cval;
1603 cval.i = 0;
1604 vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
1605 vtop->sym = sym;
1608 /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
1609 ST_FUNC Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
1611 int v;
1612 Sym *sym;
1614 v = anon_sym++;
1615 sym = sym_push(v, type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
1616 sym->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
1617 put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
1618 return sym;
1621 /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
1622 static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
1624 vpushsym(type, get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size));
1627 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
1628 ST_FUNC Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type)
1630 Sym *s;
1632 s = sym_find(v);
1633 if (!s) {
1634 /* push forward reference */
1635 s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
1636 s->type.ref = type->ref;
1637 } else if (IS_ASM_SYM(s)) {
1638 s->type.t = type->t | (s->type.t & VT_EXTERN);
1639 s->type.ref = type->ref;
1640 update_storage(s);
1642 return s;
1645 /* create an external reference with no specific type similar to asm labels.
1646 This avoids type conflicts if the symbol is used from C too */
1647 ST_FUNC Sym *external_helper_sym(int v)
1649 CType ct = { VT_ASM_FUNC, NULL };
1650 return external_global_sym(v, &ct);
1653 /* push a reference to an helper function (such as memmove) */
1654 ST_FUNC void vpush_helper_func(int v)
1656 vpushsym(&func_old_type, external_helper_sym(v));
1659 /* Merge symbol attributes. */
1660 static void merge_symattr(struct SymAttr *sa, struct SymAttr *sa1)
1662 if (sa1->aligned && !sa->aligned)
1663 sa->aligned = sa1->aligned;
1664 sa->packed |= sa1->packed;
1665 sa->weak |= sa1->weak;
1666 if (sa1->visibility != STV_DEFAULT) {
1667 int vis = sa->visibility;
1668 if (vis == STV_DEFAULT
1669 || vis > sa1->visibility)
1670 vis = sa1->visibility;
1671 sa->visibility = vis;
1673 sa->dllexport |= sa1->dllexport;
1674 sa->nodecorate |= sa1->nodecorate;
1675 sa->dllimport |= sa1->dllimport;
1678 /* Merge function attributes. */
1679 static void merge_funcattr(struct FuncAttr *fa, struct FuncAttr *fa1)
1681 if (fa1->func_call && !fa->func_call)
1682 fa->func_call = fa1->func_call;
1683 if (fa1->func_type && !fa->func_type)
1684 fa->func_type = fa1->func_type;
1685 if (fa1->func_args && !fa->func_args)
1686 fa->func_args = fa1->func_args;
1687 if (fa1->func_noreturn)
1688 fa->func_noreturn = 1;
1689 if (fa1->func_ctor)
1690 fa->func_ctor = 1;
1691 if (fa1->func_dtor)
1692 fa->func_dtor = 1;
1695 /* Merge attributes. */
1696 static void merge_attr(AttributeDef *ad, AttributeDef *ad1)
1698 merge_symattr(&ad->a, &ad1->a);
1699 merge_funcattr(&ad->f, &ad1->f);
1701 if (ad1->section)
1702 ad->section = ad1->section;
1703 if (ad1->alias_target)
1704 ad->alias_target = ad1->alias_target;
1705 if (ad1->asm_label)
1706 ad->asm_label = ad1->asm_label;
1707 if (ad1->attr_mode)
1708 ad->attr_mode = ad1->attr_mode;
1711 /* Merge some type attributes. */
1712 static void patch_type(Sym *sym, CType *type)
1714 if (!(type->t & VT_EXTERN) || IS_ENUM_VAL(sym->type.t)) {
1715 if (!(sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN))
1716 tcc_error("redefinition of '%s'", get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
1717 sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
1720 if (IS_ASM_SYM(sym)) {
1721 /* stay static if both are static */
1722 sym->type.t = type->t & (sym->type.t | ~VT_STATIC);
1723 sym->type.ref = type->ref;
1726 if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type)) {
1727 tcc_error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
1728 get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
1730 } else if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
1731 int static_proto = sym->type.t & VT_STATIC;
1732 /* warn if static follows non-static function declaration */
1733 if ((type->t & VT_STATIC) && !static_proto
1734 /* XXX this test for inline shouldn't be here. Until we
1735 implement gnu-inline mode again it silences a warning for
1736 mingw caused by our workarounds. */
1737 && !((type->t | sym->type.t) & VT_INLINE))
1738 tcc_warning("static storage ignored for redefinition of '%s'",
1739 get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
1741 /* set 'inline' if both agree or if one has static */
1742 if ((type->t | sym->type.t) & VT_INLINE) {
1743 if (!((type->t ^ sym->type.t) & VT_INLINE)
1744 || ((type->t | sym->type.t) & VT_STATIC))
1745 static_proto |= VT_INLINE;
1748 if (0 == (type->t & VT_EXTERN)) {
1749 struct FuncAttr f = sym->type.ref->f;
1750 /* put complete type, use static from prototype */
1751 sym->type.t = (type->t & ~(VT_STATIC|VT_INLINE)) | static_proto;
1752 sym->type.ref = type->ref;
1753 merge_funcattr(&sym->type.ref->f, &f);
1754 } else {
1755 sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE | static_proto;
1758 if (sym->type.ref->f.func_type == FUNC_OLD
1759 && type->ref->f.func_type != FUNC_OLD) {
1760 sym->type.ref = type->ref;
1763 } else {
1764 if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && type->ref->c >= 0) {
1765 /* set array size if it was omitted in extern declaration */
1766 sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
1768 if ((type->t ^ sym->type.t) & VT_STATIC)
1769 tcc_warning("storage mismatch for redefinition of '%s'",
1770 get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
1774 /* Merge some storage attributes. */
1775 static void patch_storage(Sym *sym, AttributeDef *ad, CType *type)
1777 if (type)
1778 patch_type(sym, type);
1780 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1781 if (sym->a.dllimport != ad->a.dllimport)
1782 tcc_error("incompatible dll linkage for redefinition of '%s'",
1783 get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
1784 #endif
1785 merge_symattr(&sym->a, &ad->a);
1786 if (ad->asm_label)
1787 sym->asm_label = ad->asm_label;
1788 update_storage(sym);
1791 /* copy sym to other stack */
1792 static Sym *sym_copy(Sym *s0, Sym **ps)
1794 Sym *s;
1795 s = sym_malloc(), *s = *s0;
1796 s->prev = *ps, *ps = s;
1797 if (s->v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1798 ps = &table_ident[s->v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
1799 s->prev_tok = *ps, *ps = s;
1801 return s;
1804 /* copy s->type.ref to stack 'ps' for VT_FUNC and VT_PTR */
1805 static void sym_copy_ref(Sym *s, Sym **ps)
1807 int bt = s->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
1808 if (bt == VT_FUNC || bt == VT_PTR || (bt == VT_STRUCT && s->sym_scope)) {
1809 Sym **sp = &s->type.ref;
1810 for (s = *sp, *sp = NULL; s; s = s->next) {
1811 Sym *s2 = sym_copy(s, ps);
1812 sp = &(*sp = s2)->next;
1813 sym_copy_ref(s2, ps);
1818 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' */
1819 static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r, AttributeDef *ad)
1821 Sym *s;
1823 /* look for global symbol */
1824 s = sym_find(v);
1825 while (s && s->sym_scope)
1826 s = s->prev_tok;
1828 if (!s) {
1829 /* push forward reference */
1830 s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t, 0);
1831 s->r |= r;
1832 s->a = ad->a;
1833 s->asm_label = ad->asm_label;
1834 s->type.ref = type->ref;
1835 /* copy type to the global stack */
1836 if (local_stack)
1837 sym_copy_ref(s, &global_stack);
1838 } else {
1839 patch_storage(s, ad, type);
1841 /* push variables on local_stack if any */
1842 if (local_stack && (s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
1843 s = sym_copy(s, &local_stack);
1844 return s;
1847 /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
1848 ST_FUNC void save_regs(int n)
1850 SValue *p, *p1;
1851 for(p = vstack, p1 = vtop - n; p <= p1; p++)
1852 save_reg(p->r);
1855 /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
1856 ST_FUNC void save_reg(int r)
1858 save_reg_upstack(r, 0);
1861 /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free,
1862 if seen up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
1863 ST_FUNC void save_reg_upstack(int r, int n)
1865 int l, size, align, bt;
1866 SValue *p, *p1, sv;
1868 if ((r &= VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST)
1869 return;
1870 if (nocode_wanted)
1871 return;
1872 l = 0;
1873 for(p = vstack, p1 = vtop - n; p <= p1; p++) {
1874 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r || p->r2 == r) {
1875 /* must save value on stack if not already done */
1876 if (!l) {
1877 bt = p->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
1878 if (bt == VT_VOID)
1879 continue;
1880 if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) || bt == VT_FUNC)
1881 bt = VT_PTR;
1882 sv.type.t = bt;
1883 size = type_size(&sv.type, &align);
1884 l = get_temp_local_var(size,align);
1885 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
1886 sv.c.i = l;
1887 store(p->r & VT_VALMASK, &sv);
1888 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) || defined(TCC_TARGET_X86_64)
1889 /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
1890 if (r == TREG_ST0) {
1891 o(0xd8dd); /* fstp %st(0) */
1893 #endif
1894 /* special long long case */
1895 if (p->r2 < VT_CONST && USING_TWO_WORDS(bt)) {
1896 sv.c.i += PTR_SIZE;
1897 store(p->r2, &sv);
1900 /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
1901 if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
1902 /* also clear the bounded flag because the
1903 relocation address of the function was stored in
1904 p->c.i */
1905 p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
1906 } else {
1907 p->r = VT_LVAL | VT_LOCAL;
1909 p->sym = NULL;
1910 p->r2 = VT_CONST;
1911 p->c.i = l;
1916 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
1917 /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
1918 * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
1919 ST_FUNC int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
1921 int r;
1922 SValue *p;
1924 for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
1925 if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
1926 int n;
1927 n=0;
1928 for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
1929 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
1930 p->r2 == r)
1931 n++;
1933 if (n <= 1)
1934 return r;
1937 return get_reg(rc);
1939 #endif
1941 /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
1942 ST_FUNC int get_reg(int rc)
1944 int r;
1945 SValue *p;
1947 /* find a free register */
1948 for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
1949 if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
1950 if (nocode_wanted)
1951 return r;
1952 for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
1953 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
1954 p->r2 == r)
1955 goto notfound;
1957 return r;
1959 notfound: ;
1962 /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
1963 IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
1964 spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
1965 for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
1966 /* look at second register (if long long) */
1967 r = p->r2;
1968 if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
1969 goto save_found;
1970 r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
1971 if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
1972 save_found:
1973 save_reg(r);
1974 return r;
1977 /* Should never comes here */
1978 return -1;
1981 /* find a free temporary local variable (return the offset on stack) match the size and align. If none, add new temporary stack variable*/
1982 static int get_temp_local_var(int size,int align){
1983 int i;
1984 struct temp_local_variable *temp_var;
1985 int found_var;
1986 SValue *p;
1987 int r;
1988 char free;
1989 char found;
1990 found=0;
1991 for(i=0;i<nb_temp_local_vars;i++){
1992 temp_var=&arr_temp_local_vars[i];
1993 if(temp_var->size<size||align!=temp_var->align){
1994 continue;
1996 /*check if temp_var is free*/
1997 free=1;
1998 for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
1999 r=p->r&VT_VALMASK;
2000 if(r==VT_LOCAL||r==VT_LLOCAL){
2001 if(p->c.i==temp_var->location){
2002 free=0;
2003 break;
2007 if(free){
2008 found_var=temp_var->location;
2009 found=1;
2010 break;
2013 if(!found){
2014 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
2015 if(nb_temp_local_vars<MAX_TEMP_LOCAL_VARIABLE_NUMBER){
2016 temp_var=&arr_temp_local_vars[i];
2017 temp_var->location=loc;
2018 temp_var->size=size;
2019 temp_var->align=align;
2020 nb_temp_local_vars++;
2022 found_var=loc;
2024 return found_var;
2027 static void clear_temp_local_var_list(){
2028 nb_temp_local_vars=0;
2031 /* move register 's' (of type 't') to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
2032 if needed */
2033 static void move_reg(int r, int s, int t)
2035 SValue sv;
2037 if (r != s) {
2038 save_reg(r);
2039 sv.type.t = t;
2040 sv.type.ref = NULL;
2041 sv.r = s;
2042 sv.c.i = 0;
2043 load(r, &sv);
2047 /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
2048 ST_FUNC void gaddrof(void)
2050 vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
2051 /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
2052 if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
2053 vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_VALMASK) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
2056 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
2057 /* generate a bounded pointer addition */
2058 static void gen_bounded_ptr_add(void)
2060 int save = (vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL;
2061 if (save) {
2062 vpushv(&vtop[-1]);
2063 vrott(3);
2065 vpush_helper_func(TOK___bound_ptr_add);
2066 vrott(3);
2067 gfunc_call(2);
2068 vtop -= save;
2069 vpushi(0);
2070 /* returned pointer is in REG_IRET */
2071 vtop->r = REG_IRET | VT_BOUNDED;
2072 if (nocode_wanted)
2073 return;
2074 /* relocation offset of the bounding function call point */
2075 vtop->c.i = (cur_text_section->reloc->data_offset - sizeof(ElfW_Rel));
2078 /* patch pointer addition in vtop so that pointer dereferencing is
2079 also tested */
2080 static void gen_bounded_ptr_deref(void)
2082 addr_t func;
2083 int size, align;
2084 ElfW_Rel *rel;
2085 Sym *sym;
2087 if (nocode_wanted)
2088 return;
2090 size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
2091 switch(size) {
2092 case 1: func = TOK___bound_ptr_indir1; break;
2093 case 2: func = TOK___bound_ptr_indir2; break;
2094 case 4: func = TOK___bound_ptr_indir4; break;
2095 case 8: func = TOK___bound_ptr_indir8; break;
2096 case 12: func = TOK___bound_ptr_indir12; break;
2097 case 16: func = TOK___bound_ptr_indir16; break;
2098 default:
2099 /* may happen with struct member access */
2100 return;
2102 sym = external_helper_sym(func);
2103 if (!sym->c)
2104 put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
2105 /* patch relocation */
2106 /* XXX: find a better solution ? */
2107 rel = (ElfW_Rel *)(cur_text_section->reloc->data + vtop->c.i);
2108 rel->r_info = ELFW(R_INFO)(sym->c, ELFW(R_TYPE)(rel->r_info));
2111 /* generate lvalue bound code */
2112 static void gbound(void)
2114 CType type1;
2116 vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
2117 /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
2118 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
2119 /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
2120 if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
2121 /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
2122 type1 = vtop->type;
2123 vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
2124 gaddrof();
2125 vpushi(0);
2126 gen_bounded_ptr_add();
2127 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
2128 vtop->type = type1;
2130 /* then check for dereferencing */
2131 gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
2135 /* we need to call __bound_ptr_add before we start to load function
2136 args into registers */
2137 ST_FUNC void gbound_args(int nb_args)
2139 int i, v;
2140 SValue *sv;
2142 for (i = 1; i <= nb_args; ++i)
2143 if (vtop[1 - i].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
2144 vrotb(i);
2145 gbound();
2146 vrott(i);
2149 sv = vtop - nb_args;
2150 if (sv->r & VT_SYM) {
2151 v = sv->sym->v;
2152 if (v == TOK_setjmp
2153 || v == TOK__setjmp
2154 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
2155 || v == TOK_sigsetjmp
2156 || v == TOK___sigsetjmp
2157 #endif
2159 vpush_helper_func(TOK___bound_setjmp);
2160 vpushv(sv + 1);
2161 gfunc_call(1);
2162 func_bound_add_epilog = 1;
2164 #if defined TCC_TARGET_I386 || defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64
2165 if (v == TOK_alloca)
2166 func_bound_add_epilog = 1;
2167 #endif
2168 #if TARGETOS_NetBSD
2169 if (v == TOK_longjmp) /* undo rename to __longjmp14 */
2170 sv->sym->asm_label = TOK___bound_longjmp;
2171 #endif
2175 /* Add bounds for local symbols from S to E (via ->prev) */
2176 static void add_local_bounds(Sym *s, Sym *e)
2178 for (; s != e; s = s->prev) {
2179 if (!s->v || (s->r & VT_VALMASK) != VT_LOCAL)
2180 continue;
2181 /* Add arrays/structs/unions because we always take address */
2182 if ((s->type.t & VT_ARRAY)
2183 || (s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT
2184 || s->a.addrtaken) {
2185 /* add local bound info */
2186 int align, size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
2187 addr_t *bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section,
2188 2 * sizeof(addr_t));
2189 bounds_ptr[0] = s->c;
2190 bounds_ptr[1] = size;
2194 #endif
2196 /* Wrapper around sym_pop, that potentially also registers local bounds. */
2197 static void pop_local_syms(Sym *b, int keep)
2199 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
2200 if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && !keep && (local_scope || !func_var))
2201 add_local_bounds(local_stack, b);
2202 #endif
2203 if (debug_modes)
2204 tcc_add_debug_info (tcc_state, !local_scope, local_stack, b);
2205 sym_pop(&local_stack, b, keep);
2208 static void incr_bf_adr(int o)
2210 vtop->type = char_pointer_type;
2211 gaddrof();
2212 vpushs(o);
2213 gen_op('+');
2214 vtop->type.t = VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED;
2215 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
2218 /* single-byte load mode for packed or otherwise unaligned bitfields */
2219 static void load_packed_bf(CType *type, int bit_pos, int bit_size)
2221 int n, o, bits;
2222 save_reg_upstack(vtop->r, 1);
2223 vpush64(type->t & VT_BTYPE, 0); // B X
2224 bits = 0, o = bit_pos >> 3, bit_pos &= 7;
2225 do {
2226 vswap(); // X B
2227 incr_bf_adr(o);
2228 vdup(); // X B B
2229 n = 8 - bit_pos;
2230 if (n > bit_size)
2231 n = bit_size;
2232 if (bit_pos)
2233 vpushi(bit_pos), gen_op(TOK_SHR), bit_pos = 0; // X B Y
2234 if (n < 8)
2235 vpushi((1 << n) - 1), gen_op('&');
2236 gen_cast(type);
2237 if (bits)
2238 vpushi(bits), gen_op(TOK_SHL);
2239 vrotb(3); // B Y X
2240 gen_op('|'); // B X
2241 bits += n, bit_size -= n, o = 1;
2242 } while (bit_size);
2243 vswap(), vpop();
2244 if (!(type->t & VT_UNSIGNED)) {
2245 n = ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ? 64 : 32) - bits;
2246 vpushi(n), gen_op(TOK_SHL);
2247 vpushi(n), gen_op(TOK_SAR);
2251 /* single-byte store mode for packed or otherwise unaligned bitfields */
2252 static void store_packed_bf(int bit_pos, int bit_size)
2254 int bits, n, o, m, c;
2255 c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
2256 vswap(); // X B
2257 save_reg_upstack(vtop->r, 1);
2258 bits = 0, o = bit_pos >> 3, bit_pos &= 7;
2259 do {
2260 incr_bf_adr(o); // X B
2261 vswap(); //B X
2262 c ? vdup() : gv_dup(); // B V X
2263 vrott(3); // X B V
2264 if (bits)
2265 vpushi(bits), gen_op(TOK_SHR);
2266 if (bit_pos)
2267 vpushi(bit_pos), gen_op(TOK_SHL);
2268 n = 8 - bit_pos;
2269 if (n > bit_size)
2270 n = bit_size;
2271 if (n < 8) {
2272 m = ((1 << n) - 1) << bit_pos;
2273 vpushi(m), gen_op('&'); // X B V1
2274 vpushv(vtop-1); // X B V1 B
2275 vpushi(m & 0x80 ? ~m & 0x7f : ~m);
2276 gen_op('&'); // X B V1 B1
2277 gen_op('|'); // X B V2
2279 vdup(), vtop[-1] = vtop[-2]; // X B B V2
2280 vstore(), vpop(); // X B
2281 bits += n, bit_size -= n, bit_pos = 0, o = 1;
2282 } while (bit_size);
2283 vpop(), vpop();
2286 static int adjust_bf(SValue *sv, int bit_pos, int bit_size)
2288 int t;
2289 if (0 == sv->type.ref)
2290 return 0;
2291 t = sv->type.ref->auxtype;
2292 if (t != -1 && t != VT_STRUCT) {
2293 sv->type.t = (sv->type.t & ~(VT_BTYPE | VT_LONG)) | t;
2294 sv->r |= VT_LVAL;
2296 return t;
2299 /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
2300 converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
2301 register value (such as structures). */
2302 ST_FUNC int gv(int rc)
2304 int r, r2, r_ok, r2_ok, rc2, bt;
2305 int bit_pos, bit_size, size, align;
2307 /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
2308 if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
2309 CType type;
2311 bit_pos = BIT_POS(vtop->type.t);
2312 bit_size = BIT_SIZE(vtop->type.t);
2313 /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
2314 vtop->type.t &= ~VT_STRUCT_MASK;
2316 type.ref = NULL;
2317 type.t = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
2318 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL)
2319 type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
2321 r = adjust_bf(vtop, bit_pos, bit_size);
2323 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
2324 type.t |= VT_LLONG;
2325 else
2326 type.t |= VT_INT;
2328 if (r == VT_STRUCT) {
2329 load_packed_bf(&type, bit_pos, bit_size);
2330 } else {
2331 int bits = (type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG ? 64 : 32;
2332 /* cast to int to propagate signedness in following ops */
2333 gen_cast(&type);
2334 /* generate shifts */
2335 vpushi(bits - (bit_pos + bit_size));
2336 gen_op(TOK_SHL);
2337 vpushi(bits - bit_size);
2338 /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
2339 gen_op(TOK_SAR);
2341 r = gv(rc);
2342 } else {
2343 if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
2344 (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
2345 /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
2346 generically in data segment */
2347 init_params p = { rodata_section };
2348 unsigned long offset;
2349 size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
2350 if (NODATA_WANTED)
2351 size = 0, align = 1;
2352 offset = section_add(p.sec, size, align);
2353 vpush_ref(&vtop->type, p.sec, offset, size);
2354 vswap();
2355 init_putv(&p, &vtop->type, offset);
2356 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
2358 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
2359 if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
2360 gbound();
2361 #endif
2363 bt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
2365 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
2366 /* XXX mega hack */
2367 if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE && rc == RC_FLOAT)
2368 rc = RC_INT;
2369 #endif
2370 rc2 = RC2_TYPE(bt, rc);
2372 /* need to reload if:
2373 - constant
2374 - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
2375 - already a register, but not in the right class */
2376 r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
2377 r_ok = !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && (r < VT_CONST) && (reg_classes[r] & rc);
2378 r2_ok = !rc2 || ((vtop->r2 < VT_CONST) && (reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2));
2380 if (!r_ok || !r2_ok) {
2381 if (!r_ok)
2382 r = get_reg(rc);
2383 if (rc2) {
2384 int load_type = (bt == VT_QFLOAT) ? VT_DOUBLE : VT_PTRDIFF_T;
2385 int original_type = vtop->type.t;
2387 /* two register type load :
2388 expand to two words temporarily */
2389 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
2390 /* load constant */
2391 unsigned long long ll = vtop->c.i;
2392 vtop->c.i = ll; /* first word */
2393 load(r, vtop);
2394 vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
2395 vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
2396 } else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
2397 /* We do not want to modifier the long long pointer here.
2398 So we save any other instances down the stack */
2399 save_reg_upstack(vtop->r, 1);
2400 /* load from memory */
2401 vtop->type.t = load_type;
2402 load(r, vtop);
2403 vdup();
2404 vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
2405 /* increment pointer to get second word */
2406 vtop->type.t = VT_PTRDIFF_T;
2407 gaddrof();
2408 vpushs(PTR_SIZE);
2409 gen_op('+');
2410 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
2411 vtop->type.t = load_type;
2412 } else {
2413 /* move registers */
2414 if (!r_ok)
2415 load(r, vtop);
2416 if (r2_ok && vtop->r2 < VT_CONST)
2417 goto done;
2418 vdup();
2419 vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
2420 vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
2422 /* Allocate second register. Here we rely on the fact that
2423 get_reg() tries first to free r2 of an SValue. */
2424 r2 = get_reg(rc2);
2425 load(r2, vtop);
2426 vpop();
2427 /* write second register */
2428 vtop->r2 = r2;
2429 done:
2430 vtop->type.t = original_type;
2431 } else {
2432 if (vtop->r == VT_CMP)
2433 vset_VT_JMP();
2434 /* one register type load */
2435 load(r, vtop);
2438 vtop->r = r;
2439 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
2440 /* uses register pairs for doubles */
2441 if (bt == VT_DOUBLE)
2442 vtop->r2 = r+1;
2443 #endif
2445 return r;
2448 /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
2449 ST_FUNC void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
2451 /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
2452 values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
2453 reload errors */
2454 if (vtop->r != VT_CMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
2455 vswap();
2456 gv(rc1);
2457 vswap();
2458 gv(rc2);
2459 /* test if reload is needed for first register */
2460 if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
2461 vswap();
2462 gv(rc1);
2463 vswap();
2465 } else {
2466 gv(rc2);
2467 vswap();
2468 gv(rc1);
2469 vswap();
2470 /* test if reload is needed for first register */
2471 if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
2472 gv(rc2);
2477 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
2478 /* expand 64bit on stack in two ints */
2479 ST_FUNC void lexpand(void)
2481 int u, v;
2482 u = vtop->type.t & (VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED);
2483 v = vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
2484 if (v == VT_CONST) {
2485 vdup();
2486 vtop[0].c.i >>= 32;
2487 } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
2488 vdup();
2489 vtop[0].c.i += 4;
2490 } else {
2491 gv(RC_INT);
2492 vdup();
2493 vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
2494 vtop[0].r2 = vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
2496 vtop[0].type.t = vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
2498 #endif
2500 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
2501 /* build a long long from two ints */
2502 static void lbuild(int t)
2504 gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
2505 vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
2506 vtop[-1].type.t = t;
2507 vpop();
2509 #endif
2511 /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
2512 register */
2513 static void gv_dup(void)
2515 int t, rc, r;
2517 t = vtop->type.t;
2518 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
2519 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
2520 if (t & VT_BITFIELD) {
2521 gv(RC_INT);
2522 t = vtop->type.t;
2524 lexpand();
2525 gv_dup();
2526 vswap();
2527 vrotb(3);
2528 gv_dup();
2529 vrotb(4);
2530 /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
2531 lbuild(t);
2532 vrotb(3);
2533 vrotb(3);
2534 vswap();
2535 lbuild(t);
2536 vswap();
2537 return;
2539 #endif
2540 /* duplicate value */
2541 rc = RC_TYPE(t);
2542 gv(rc);
2543 r = get_reg(rc);
2544 vdup();
2545 load(r, vtop);
2546 vtop->r = r;
2549 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
2550 /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
2551 static void gen_opl(int op)
2553 int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
2554 int func;
2555 unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
2556 unsigned short reg_lret = REG_IRE2;
2557 SValue tmp;
2559 switch(op) {
2560 case '/':
2561 case TOK_PDIV:
2562 func = TOK___divdi3;
2563 goto gen_func;
2564 case TOK_UDIV:
2565 func = TOK___udivdi3;
2566 goto gen_func;
2567 case '%':
2568 func = TOK___moddi3;
2569 goto gen_mod_func;
2570 case TOK_UMOD:
2571 func = TOK___umoddi3;
2572 gen_mod_func:
2573 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
2574 reg_iret = TREG_R2;
2575 reg_lret = TREG_R3;
2576 #endif
2577 gen_func:
2578 /* call generic long long function */
2579 vpush_helper_func(func);
2580 vrott(3);
2581 gfunc_call(2);
2582 vpushi(0);
2583 vtop->r = reg_iret;
2584 vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
2585 break;
2586 case '^':
2587 case '&':
2588 case '|':
2589 case '*':
2590 case '+':
2591 case '-':
2592 //pv("gen_opl A",0,2);
2593 t = vtop->type.t;
2594 vswap();
2595 lexpand();
2596 vrotb(3);
2597 lexpand();
2598 /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
2599 tmp = vtop[0];
2600 vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
2601 vtop[-3] = tmp;
2602 tmp = vtop[-2];
2603 vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
2604 vtop[-3] = tmp;
2605 vswap();
2606 /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
2607 //pv("gen_opl B",0,4);
2608 if (op == '*') {
2609 vpushv(vtop - 1);
2610 vpushv(vtop - 1);
2611 gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
2612 lexpand();
2613 /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
2614 for(i=0;i<4;i++)
2615 vrotb(6);
2616 /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
2617 tmp = vtop[0];
2618 vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
2619 vtop[-2] = tmp;
2620 /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
2621 gen_op('*');
2622 vrotb(3);
2623 vrotb(3);
2624 gen_op('*');
2625 /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
2626 gen_op('+');
2627 gen_op('+');
2628 } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
2629 /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
2630 if (op == '+')
2631 op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
2632 else
2633 op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
2634 gen_op(op1);
2635 /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
2636 vrotb(3);
2637 vrotb(3);
2638 gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
2639 } else {
2640 gen_op(op);
2641 /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
2642 vrotb(3);
2643 vrotb(3);
2644 /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
2645 gen_op(op);
2646 /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
2648 /* stack: L H */
2649 lbuild(t);
2650 break;
2651 case TOK_SAR:
2652 case TOK_SHR:
2653 case TOK_SHL:
2654 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
2655 t = vtop[-1].type.t;
2656 vswap();
2657 lexpand();
2658 vrotb(3);
2659 /* stack: L H shift */
2660 c = (int)vtop->c.i;
2661 /* constant: simpler */
2662 /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
2663 done by swapping words */
2664 vpop();
2665 if (op != TOK_SHL)
2666 vswap();
2667 if (c >= 32) {
2668 /* stack: L H */
2669 vpop();
2670 if (c > 32) {
2671 vpushi(c - 32);
2672 gen_op(op);
2674 if (op != TOK_SAR) {
2675 vpushi(0);
2676 } else {
2677 gv_dup();
2678 vpushi(31);
2679 gen_op(TOK_SAR);
2681 vswap();
2682 } else {
2683 vswap();
2684 gv_dup();
2685 /* stack: H L L */
2686 vpushi(c);
2687 gen_op(op);
2688 vswap();
2689 vpushi(32 - c);
2690 if (op == TOK_SHL)
2691 gen_op(TOK_SHR);
2692 else
2693 gen_op(TOK_SHL);
2694 vrotb(3);
2695 /* stack: L L H */
2696 vpushi(c);
2697 if (op == TOK_SHL)
2698 gen_op(TOK_SHL);
2699 else
2700 gen_op(TOK_SHR);
2701 gen_op('|');
2703 if (op != TOK_SHL)
2704 vswap();
2705 lbuild(t);
2706 } else {
2707 /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
2708 switch(op) {
2709 case TOK_SAR:
2710 func = TOK___ashrdi3;
2711 goto gen_func;
2712 case TOK_SHR:
2713 func = TOK___lshrdi3;
2714 goto gen_func;
2715 case TOK_SHL:
2716 func = TOK___ashldi3;
2717 goto gen_func;
2720 break;
2721 default:
2722 /* compare operations */
2723 t = vtop->type.t;
2724 vswap();
2725 lexpand();
2726 vrotb(3);
2727 lexpand();
2728 /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
2729 tmp = vtop[-1];
2730 vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
2731 vtop[-2] = tmp;
2732 /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
2733 save_regs(4);
2734 /* compare high */
2735 op1 = op;
2736 /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
2737 the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
2738 if (op1 == TOK_LT)
2739 op1 = TOK_LE;
2740 else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
2741 op1 = TOK_GE;
2742 else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
2743 op1 = TOK_ULE;
2744 else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
2745 op1 = TOK_UGE;
2746 a = 0;
2747 b = 0;
2748 gen_op(op1);
2749 if (op == TOK_NE) {
2750 b = gvtst(0, 0);
2751 } else {
2752 a = gvtst(1, 0);
2753 if (op != TOK_EQ) {
2754 /* generate non equal test */
2755 vpushi(0);
2756 vset_VT_CMP(TOK_NE);
2757 b = gvtst(0, 0);
2760 /* compare low. Always unsigned */
2761 op1 = op;
2762 if (op1 == TOK_LT)
2763 op1 = TOK_ULT;
2764 else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
2765 op1 = TOK_ULE;
2766 else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
2767 op1 = TOK_UGT;
2768 else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
2769 op1 = TOK_UGE;
2770 gen_op(op1);
2771 #if 0//def TCC_TARGET_I386
2772 if (op == TOK_NE) { gsym(b); break; }
2773 if (op == TOK_EQ) { gsym(a); break; }
2774 #endif
2775 gvtst_set(1, a);
2776 gvtst_set(0, b);
2777 break;
2780 #endif
2782 static uint64_t gen_opic_sdiv(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
2784 uint64_t x = (a >> 63 ? -a : a) / (b >> 63 ? -b : b);
2785 return (a ^ b) >> 63 ? -x : x;
2788 static int gen_opic_lt(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
2790 return (a ^ (uint64_t)1 << 63) < (b ^ (uint64_t)1 << 63);
2793 /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
2794 independent opt */
2795 static void gen_opic(int op)
2797 SValue *v1 = vtop - 1;
2798 SValue *v2 = vtop;
2799 int t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
2800 int t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
2801 int c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
2802 int c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
2803 uint64_t l1 = c1 ? v1->c.i : 0;
2804 uint64_t l2 = c2 ? v2->c.i : 0;
2805 int shm = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? 63 : 31;
2807 if (t1 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t1 != VT_PTR))
2808 l1 = ((uint32_t)l1 |
2809 (v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l1 & 0x80000000)));
2810 if (t2 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t2 != VT_PTR))
2811 l2 = ((uint32_t)l2 |
2812 (v2->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l2 & 0x80000000)));
2814 if (c1 && c2) {
2815 switch(op) {
2816 case '+': l1 += l2; break;
2817 case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
2818 case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
2819 case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
2820 case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
2821 case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
2823 case TOK_PDIV:
2824 case '/':
2825 case '%':
2826 case TOK_UDIV:
2827 case TOK_UMOD:
2828 /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
2829 if (l2 == 0) {
2830 if (const_wanted && !(nocode_wanted & unevalmask))
2831 tcc_error("division by zero in constant");
2832 goto general_case;
2834 switch(op) {
2835 default: l1 = gen_opic_sdiv(l1, l2); break;
2836 case '%': l1 = l1 - l2 * gen_opic_sdiv(l1, l2); break;
2837 case TOK_UDIV: l1 = l1 / l2; break;
2838 case TOK_UMOD: l1 = l1 % l2; break;
2840 break;
2841 case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= (l2 & shm); break;
2842 case TOK_SHR: l1 >>= (l2 & shm); break;
2843 case TOK_SAR:
2844 l1 = (l1 >> 63) ? ~(~l1 >> (l2 & shm)) : l1 >> (l2 & shm);
2845 break;
2846 /* tests */
2847 case TOK_ULT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
2848 case TOK_UGE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
2849 case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
2850 case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
2851 case TOK_ULE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
2852 case TOK_UGT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
2853 case TOK_LT: l1 = gen_opic_lt(l1, l2); break;
2854 case TOK_GE: l1 = !gen_opic_lt(l1, l2); break;
2855 case TOK_LE: l1 = !gen_opic_lt(l2, l1); break;
2856 case TOK_GT: l1 = gen_opic_lt(l2, l1); break;
2857 /* logical */
2858 case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
2859 case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
2860 default:
2861 goto general_case;
2863 if (t1 != VT_LLONG && (PTR_SIZE != 8 || t1 != VT_PTR))
2864 l1 = ((uint32_t)l1 |
2865 (v1->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED ? 0 : -(l1 & 0x80000000)));
2866 v1->c.i = l1;
2867 vtop--;
2868 } else {
2869 /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
2870 if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
2871 op == '|' || op == '*' || op == TOK_EQ || op == TOK_NE)) {
2872 vswap();
2873 c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
2874 l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
2876 if (!const_wanted &&
2877 c1 && ((l1 == 0 &&
2878 (op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR)) ||
2879 (l1 == -1 && op == TOK_SAR))) {
2880 /* treat (0 << x), (0 >> x) and (-1 >> x) as constant */
2881 vtop--;
2882 } else if (!const_wanted &&
2883 c2 && ((l2 == 0 && (op == '&' || op == '*')) ||
2884 (op == '|' &&
2885 (l2 == -1 || (l2 == 0xFFFFFFFF && t2 != VT_LLONG))) ||
2886 (l2 == 1 && (op == '%' || op == TOK_UMOD)))) {
2887 /* treat (x & 0), (x * 0), (x | -1) and (x % 1) as constant */
2888 if (l2 == 1)
2889 vtop->c.i = 0;
2890 vswap();
2891 vtop--;
2892 } else if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
2893 op == TOK_PDIV) &&
2894 l2 == 1) ||
2895 ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
2896 op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
2897 l2 == 0) ||
2898 (op == '&' &&
2899 (l2 == -1 || (l2 == 0xFFFFFFFF && t2 != VT_LLONG))))) {
2900 /* filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
2901 vtop--;
2902 } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
2903 /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
2904 if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
2905 int n = -1;
2906 while (l2) {
2907 l2 >>= 1;
2908 n++;
2910 vtop->c.i = n;
2911 if (op == '*')
2912 op = TOK_SHL;
2913 else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
2914 op = TOK_SAR;
2915 else
2916 op = TOK_SHR;
2918 goto general_case;
2919 } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
2920 (((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM))
2921 || (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
2922 /* symbol + constant case */
2923 if (op == '-')
2924 l2 = -l2;
2925 l2 += vtop[-1].c.i;
2926 /* The backends can't always deal with addends to symbols
2927 larger than +-1<<31. Don't construct such. */
2928 if ((int)l2 != l2)
2929 goto general_case;
2930 vtop--;
2931 vtop->c.i = l2;
2932 } else {
2933 general_case:
2934 /* call low level op generator */
2935 if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG ||
2936 (PTR_SIZE == 8 && (t1 == VT_PTR || t2 == VT_PTR)))
2937 gen_opl(op);
2938 else
2939 gen_opi(op);
2944 #if defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64 || defined TCC_TARGET_I386
2945 # define gen_negf gen_opf
2946 #elif defined TCC_TARGET_ARM
2947 void gen_negf(int op)
2949 /* arm will detect 0-x and replace by vneg */
2950 vpushi(0), vswap(), gen_op('-');
2952 #else
2953 /* XXX: implement in gen_opf() for other backends too */
2954 void gen_negf(int op)
2956 /* In IEEE negate(x) isn't subtract(0,x). Without NaNs it's
2957 subtract(-0, x), but with them it's really a sign flip
2958 operation. We implement this with bit manipulation and have
2959 to do some type reinterpretation for this, which TCC can do
2960 only via memory. */
2962 int align, size, bt;
2964 size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
2965 bt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
2966 save_reg(gv(RC_TYPE(bt)));
2967 vdup();
2968 incr_bf_adr(size - 1);
2969 vdup();
2970 vpushi(0x80); /* flip sign */
2971 gen_op('^');
2972 vstore();
2973 vpop();
2975 #endif
2977 /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
2978 static void gen_opif(int op)
2980 int c1, c2;
2981 SValue *v1, *v2;
2982 #if defined _MSC_VER && defined __x86_64__
2983 /* avoid bad optimization with f1 -= f2 for f1:-0.0, f2:0.0 */
2984 volatile
2985 #endif
2986 long double f1, f2;
2988 v1 = vtop - 1;
2989 v2 = vtop;
2990 if (op == TOK_NEG)
2991 v1 = v2;
2993 /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
2994 c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
2995 c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
2996 if (c1 && c2) {
2997 if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
2998 f1 = v1->c.f;
2999 f2 = v2->c.f;
3000 } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
3001 f1 = v1->c.d;
3002 f2 = v2->c.d;
3003 } else {
3004 f1 = v1->c.ld;
3005 f2 = v2->c.ld;
3007 /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
3008 NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
3009 if (!(ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2)) && !const_wanted)
3010 goto general_case;
3011 switch(op) {
3012 case '+': f1 += f2; break;
3013 case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
3014 case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
3015 case '/':
3016 if (f2 == 0.0) {
3017 union { float f; unsigned u; } x1, x2, y;
3018 /* If not in initializer we need to potentially generate
3019 FP exceptions at runtime, otherwise we want to fold. */
3020 if (!const_wanted)
3021 goto general_case;
3022 /* the run-time result of 0.0/0.0 on x87, also of other compilers
3023 when used to compile the f1 /= f2 below, would be -nan */
3024 x1.f = f1, x2.f = f2;
3025 if (f1 == 0.0)
3026 y.u = 0x7fc00000; /* nan */
3027 else
3028 y.u = 0x7f800000; /* infinity */
3029 y.u |= (x1.u ^ x2.u) & 0x80000000; /* set sign */
3030 f1 = y.f;
3031 break;
3033 f1 /= f2;
3034 break;
3035 case TOK_NEG:
3036 f1 = -f1;
3037 goto unary_result;
3038 /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
3039 default:
3040 goto general_case;
3042 vtop--;
3043 unary_result:
3044 /* XXX: overflow test ? */
3045 if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
3046 v1->c.f = f1;
3047 } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
3048 v1->c.d = f1;
3049 } else {
3050 v1->c.ld = f1;
3052 } else {
3053 general_case:
3054 if (op == TOK_NEG) {
3055 gen_negf(op);
3056 } else {
3057 gen_opf(op);
3062 /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
3063 printed in the type */
3064 /* XXX: union */
3065 /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
3066 static void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
3067 CType *type, const char *varstr)
3069 int bt, v, t;
3070 Sym *s, *sa;
3071 char buf1[256];
3072 const char *tstr;
3074 t = type->t;
3075 bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
3076 buf[0] = '\0';
3078 if (t & VT_EXTERN)
3079 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "extern ");
3080 if (t & VT_STATIC)
3081 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "static ");
3082 if (t & VT_TYPEDEF)
3083 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "typedef ");
3084 if (t & VT_INLINE)
3085 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "inline ");
3086 if (bt != VT_PTR) {
3087 if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
3088 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
3089 if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
3090 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
3092 if (((t & VT_DEFSIGN) && bt == VT_BYTE)
3093 || ((t & VT_UNSIGNED)
3094 && (bt == VT_SHORT || bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG)
3095 && !IS_ENUM(t)
3097 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, (t & VT_UNSIGNED) ? "unsigned " : "signed ");
3099 buf_size -= strlen(buf);
3100 buf += strlen(buf);
3102 switch(bt) {
3103 case VT_VOID:
3104 tstr = "void";
3105 goto add_tstr;
3106 case VT_BOOL:
3107 tstr = "_Bool";
3108 goto add_tstr;
3109 case VT_BYTE:
3110 tstr = "char";
3111 goto add_tstr;
3112 case VT_SHORT:
3113 tstr = "short";
3114 goto add_tstr;
3115 case VT_INT:
3116 tstr = "int";
3117 goto maybe_long;
3118 case VT_LLONG:
3119 tstr = "long long";
3120 maybe_long:
3121 if (t & VT_LONG)
3122 tstr = "long";
3123 if (!IS_ENUM(t))
3124 goto add_tstr;
3125 tstr = "enum ";
3126 goto tstruct;
3127 case VT_FLOAT:
3128 tstr = "float";
3129 goto add_tstr;
3130 case VT_DOUBLE:
3131 tstr = "double";
3132 if (!(t & VT_LONG))
3133 goto add_tstr;
3134 case VT_LDOUBLE:
3135 tstr = "long double";
3136 add_tstr:
3137 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
3138 break;
3139 case VT_STRUCT:
3140 tstr = "struct ";
3141 if (IS_UNION(t))
3142 tstr = "union ";
3143 tstruct:
3144 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
3145 v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
3146 if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
3147 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
3148 else
3149 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
3150 break;
3151 case VT_FUNC:
3152 s = type->ref;
3153 buf1[0]=0;
3154 if (varstr && '*' == *varstr) {
3155 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "(");
3156 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
3157 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), ")");
3159 pstrcat(buf1, buf_size, "(");
3160 sa = s->next;
3161 while (sa != NULL) {
3162 char buf2[256];
3163 type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), &sa->type, NULL);
3164 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf2);
3165 sa = sa->next;
3166 if (sa)
3167 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), ", ");
3169 if (s->f.func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS)
3170 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), ", ...");
3171 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), ")");
3172 type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
3173 goto no_var;
3174 case VT_PTR:
3175 s = type->ref;
3176 if (t & (VT_ARRAY|VT_VLA)) {
3177 if (varstr && '*' == *varstr)
3178 snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "(%s)[%d]", varstr, s->c);
3179 else
3180 snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "%s[%d]", varstr ? varstr : "", s->c);
3181 type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
3182 goto no_var;
3184 pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
3185 if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
3186 pstrcat(buf1, buf_size, "const ");
3187 if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
3188 pstrcat(buf1, buf_size, "volatile ");
3189 if (varstr)
3190 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
3191 type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
3192 goto no_var;
3194 if (varstr) {
3195 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
3196 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
3198 no_var: ;
3201 static void type_incompatibility_error(CType* st, CType* dt, const char* fmt)
3203 char buf1[256], buf2[256];
3204 type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
3205 type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
3206 tcc_error(fmt, buf1, buf2);
3209 static void type_incompatibility_warning(CType* st, CType* dt, const char* fmt)
3211 char buf1[256], buf2[256];
3212 type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
3213 type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
3214 tcc_warning(fmt, buf1, buf2);
3217 static int pointed_size(CType *type)
3219 int align;
3220 return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
3223 static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
3225 if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
3226 return 0;
3227 return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && (uint32_t)p->c.i == 0) ||
3228 ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.i == 0) ||
3229 ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR &&
3230 (PTR_SIZE == 4 ? (uint32_t)p->c.i == 0 : p->c.i == 0) &&
3231 ((pointed_type(&p->type)->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) &&
3232 0 == (pointed_type(&p->type)->t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE))
3236 /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
3237 static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
3239 Sym *s1, *s2;
3241 s1 = type1->ref;
3242 s2 = type2->ref;
3243 if (s1->f.func_call != s2->f.func_call)
3244 return 0;
3245 if (s1->f.func_type != s2->f.func_type
3246 && s1->f.func_type != FUNC_OLD
3247 && s2->f.func_type != FUNC_OLD)
3248 return 0;
3249 for (;;) {
3250 if (!is_compatible_unqualified_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
3251 return 0;
3252 if (s1->f.func_type == FUNC_OLD || s2->f.func_type == FUNC_OLD )
3253 return 1;
3254 s1 = s1->next;
3255 s2 = s2->next;
3256 if (!s1)
3257 return !s2;
3258 if (!s2)
3259 return 0;
3263 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same. If unqualified is
3264 true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
3266 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
3268 int bt1, t1, t2;
3270 t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
3271 t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
3272 if (unqualified) {
3273 /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
3274 t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
3275 t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
3278 /* Default Vs explicit signedness only matters for char */
3279 if ((t1 & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BYTE) {
3280 t1 &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
3281 t2 &= ~VT_DEFSIGN;
3283 /* XXX: bitfields ? */
3284 if (t1 != t2)
3285 return 0;
3287 if ((t1 & VT_ARRAY)
3288 && !(type1->ref->c < 0
3289 || type2->ref->c < 0
3290 || type1->ref->c == type2->ref->c))
3291 return 0;
3293 /* test more complicated cases */
3294 bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
3295 if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
3296 type1 = pointed_type(type1);
3297 type2 = pointed_type(type2);
3298 return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
3299 } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
3300 return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
3301 } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
3302 return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
3303 } else if (IS_ENUM(type1->t) && IS_ENUM(type2->t)) {
3304 /* If both are enums then they must be the same, if only one is then
3305 t1 and t2 must be equal, which was checked above already. */
3306 return type1->ref == type2->ref;
3307 } else {
3308 return 1;
3312 /* Check if OP1 and OP2 can be "combined" with operation OP, the combined
3313 type is stored in DEST if non-null (except for pointer plus/minus) . */
3314 static int combine_types(CType *dest, SValue *op1, SValue *op2, int op)
3316 CType *type1 = &op1->type, *type2 = &op2->type, type;
3317 int t1 = type1->t, t2 = type2->t, bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE, bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
3318 int ret = 1;
3320 type.t = VT_VOID;
3321 type.ref = NULL;
3323 if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
3324 ret = op == '?' ? 1 : 0;
3325 /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
3326 type.t = VT_VOID;
3327 } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
3328 if (op == '+') ; /* Handled in caller */
3329 /* http://port70.net/~nsz/c/c99/n1256.html#6.5.15p6 */
3330 /* If one is a null ptr constant the result type is the other. */
3331 else if (is_null_pointer (op2)) type = *type1;
3332 else if (is_null_pointer (op1)) type = *type2;
3333 else if (bt1 != bt2) {
3334 /* accept comparison or cond-expr between pointer and integer
3335 with a warning */
3336 if ((op == '?' || TOK_ISCOND(op))
3337 && (is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)))
3338 tcc_warning("pointer/integer mismatch in %s",
3339 op == '?' ? "conditional expression" : "comparison");
3340 else if (op != '-' || !is_integer_btype(bt2))
3341 ret = 0;
3342 type = *(bt1 == VT_PTR ? type1 : type2);
3343 } else {
3344 CType *pt1 = pointed_type(type1);
3345 CType *pt2 = pointed_type(type2);
3346 int pbt1 = pt1->t & VT_BTYPE;
3347 int pbt2 = pt2->t & VT_BTYPE;
3348 int newquals, copied = 0;
3349 if (pbt1 != VT_VOID && pbt2 != VT_VOID
3350 && !compare_types(pt1, pt2, 1/*unqualif*/)) {
3351 if (op != '?' && !TOK_ISCOND(op))
3352 ret = 0;
3353 else
3354 type_incompatibility_warning(type1, type2,
3355 op == '?'
3356 ? "pointer type mismatch in conditional expression ('%s' and '%s')"
3357 : "pointer type mismatch in comparison('%s' and '%s')");
3359 if (op == '?') {
3360 /* pointers to void get preferred, otherwise the
3361 pointed to types minus qualifs should be compatible */
3362 type = *((pbt1 == VT_VOID) ? type1 : type2);
3363 /* combine qualifs */
3364 newquals = ((pt1->t | pt2->t) & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE));
3365 if ((~pointed_type(&type)->t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE))
3366 & newquals)
3368 /* copy the pointer target symbol */
3369 type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type.ref->type,
3370 0, type.ref->c);
3371 copied = 1;
3372 pointed_type(&type)->t |= newquals;
3374 /* pointers to incomplete arrays get converted to
3375 pointers to completed ones if possible */
3376 if (pt1->t & VT_ARRAY
3377 && pt2->t & VT_ARRAY
3378 && pointed_type(&type)->ref->c < 0
3379 && (pt1->ref->c > 0 || pt2->ref->c > 0))
3381 if (!copied)
3382 type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type.ref->type,
3383 0, type.ref->c);
3384 pointed_type(&type)->ref =
3385 sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &pointed_type(&type)->ref->type,
3386 0, pointed_type(&type)->ref->c);
3387 pointed_type(&type)->ref->c =
3388 0 < pt1->ref->c ? pt1->ref->c : pt2->ref->c;
3392 if (TOK_ISCOND(op))
3393 type.t = VT_SIZE_T;
3394 } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
3395 if (op != '?' || !compare_types(type1, type2, 1))
3396 ret = 0;
3397 type = *type1;
3398 } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
3399 if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
3400 type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
3401 } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
3402 type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
3403 } else {
3404 type.t = VT_FLOAT;
3406 } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
3407 /* cast to biggest op */
3408 type.t = VT_LLONG | VT_LONG;
3409 if (bt1 == VT_LLONG)
3410 type.t &= t1;
3411 if (bt2 == VT_LLONG)
3412 type.t &= t2;
3413 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
3414 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
3415 (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
3416 type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
3417 } else {
3418 /* integer operations */
3419 type.t = VT_INT | (VT_LONG & (t1 | t2));
3420 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
3421 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
3422 (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
3423 type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
3425 if (dest)
3426 *dest = type;
3427 return ret;
3430 /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
3431 ST_FUNC void gen_op(int op)
3433 int t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
3434 CType type1, combtype;
3436 redo:
3437 t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
3438 t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
3439 bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
3440 bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
3442 if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
3443 if (bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
3444 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
3445 gaddrof();
3447 if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
3448 vswap();
3449 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
3450 gaddrof();
3451 vswap();
3453 goto redo;
3454 } else if (!combine_types(&combtype, vtop - 1, vtop, op)) {
3455 tcc_error_noabort("invalid operand types for binary operation");
3456 vpop();
3457 } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
3458 /* at least one operand is a pointer */
3459 /* relational op: must be both pointers */
3460 int align;
3461 if (TOK_ISCOND(op))
3462 goto std_op;
3463 /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
3464 if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
3465 if (op != '-')
3466 tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
3467 vpush_type_size(pointed_type(&vtop[-1].type), &align);
3468 vrott(3);
3469 gen_opic(op);
3470 vtop->type.t = VT_PTRDIFF_T;
3471 vswap();
3472 gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
3473 } else {
3474 /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
3475 if (op != '-' && op != '+')
3476 tcc_error("cannot use pointers here");
3477 /* Put pointer as first operand */
3478 if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
3479 vswap();
3480 t = t1, t1 = t2, t2 = t;
3482 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
3483 if ((vtop[0].type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
3484 /* XXX: truncate here because gen_opl can't handle ptr + long long */
3485 gen_cast_s(VT_INT);
3486 #endif
3487 type1 = vtop[-1].type;
3488 vpush_type_size(pointed_type(&vtop[-1].type), &align);
3489 gen_op('*');
3490 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
3491 if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
3492 /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
3493 test bounds */
3494 if (op == '-') {
3495 vpushi(0);
3496 vswap();
3497 gen_op('-');
3499 gen_bounded_ptr_add();
3500 } else
3501 #endif
3503 gen_opic(op);
3505 type1.t &= ~(VT_ARRAY|VT_VLA);
3506 /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
3507 vtop->type = type1;
3509 } else {
3510 /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
3511 if (is_float(combtype.t)
3512 && op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/'
3513 && !TOK_ISCOND(op))
3514 tcc_error("invalid operands for binary operation");
3515 else if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL) {
3516 t = bt1 == VT_LLONG ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT;
3517 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED | VT_BITFIELD)) == (t | VT_UNSIGNED))
3518 t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
3519 t |= (VT_LONG & t1);
3520 combtype.t = t;
3522 std_op:
3523 t = t2 = combtype.t;
3524 /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
3525 we modify them here */
3526 if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
3527 if (op == TOK_SAR)
3528 op = TOK_SHR;
3529 else if (op == '/')
3530 op = TOK_UDIV;
3531 else if (op == '%')
3532 op = TOK_UMOD;
3533 else if (op == TOK_LT)
3534 op = TOK_ULT;
3535 else if (op == TOK_GT)
3536 op = TOK_UGT;
3537 else if (op == TOK_LE)
3538 op = TOK_ULE;
3539 else if (op == TOK_GE)
3540 op = TOK_UGE;
3542 vswap();
3543 gen_cast_s(t);
3544 vswap();
3545 /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
3546 an integer */
3547 if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
3548 t2 = VT_INT;
3549 gen_cast_s(t2);
3550 if (is_float(t))
3551 gen_opif(op);
3552 else
3553 gen_opic(op);
3554 if (TOK_ISCOND(op)) {
3555 /* relational op: the result is an int */
3556 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
3557 } else {
3558 vtop->type.t = t;
3561 // Make sure that we have converted to an rvalue:
3562 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
3563 gv(is_float(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) ? RC_FLOAT : RC_INT);
3566 #if defined TCC_TARGET_ARM64 || defined TCC_TARGET_RISCV64 || defined TCC_TARGET_ARM
3567 #define gen_cvt_itof1 gen_cvt_itof
3568 #else
3569 /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
3570 static void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
3572 if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
3573 (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
3575 if (t == VT_FLOAT)
3576 vpush_helper_func(TOK___floatundisf);
3577 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
3578 else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
3579 vpush_helper_func(TOK___floatundixf);
3580 #endif
3581 else
3582 vpush_helper_func(TOK___floatundidf);
3583 vrott(2);
3584 gfunc_call(1);
3585 vpushi(0);
3586 PUT_R_RET(vtop, t);
3587 } else {
3588 gen_cvt_itof(t);
3591 #endif
3593 #if defined TCC_TARGET_ARM64 || defined TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
3594 #define gen_cvt_ftoi1 gen_cvt_ftoi
3595 #else
3596 /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
3597 static void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
3599 int st;
3600 if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
3601 /* not handled natively */
3602 st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
3603 if (st == VT_FLOAT)
3604 vpush_helper_func(TOK___fixunssfdi);
3605 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
3606 else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
3607 vpush_helper_func(TOK___fixunsxfdi);
3608 #endif
3609 else
3610 vpush_helper_func(TOK___fixunsdfdi);
3611 vrott(2);
3612 gfunc_call(1);
3613 vpushi(0);
3614 PUT_R_RET(vtop, t);
3615 } else {
3616 gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
3619 #endif
3621 /* special delayed cast for char/short */
3622 static void force_charshort_cast(void)
3624 int sbt = BFGET(vtop->r, VT_MUSTCAST) == 2 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT;
3625 int dbt = vtop->type.t;
3626 vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
3627 vtop->type.t = sbt;
3628 gen_cast_s(dbt == VT_BOOL ? VT_BYTE|VT_UNSIGNED : dbt);
3629 vtop->type.t = dbt;
3632 static void gen_cast_s(int t)
3634 CType type;
3635 type.t = t;
3636 type.ref = NULL;
3637 gen_cast(&type);
3640 /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
3641 static void gen_cast(CType *type)
3643 int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c;
3644 int dbt_bt, sbt_bt, ds, ss, bits, trunc;
3646 /* special delayed cast for char/short */
3647 if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST)
3648 force_charshort_cast();
3650 /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
3651 if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)
3652 gv(RC_INT);
3654 dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
3655 sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
3656 if (sbt == VT_FUNC)
3657 sbt = VT_PTR;
3659 again:
3660 if (sbt != dbt) {
3661 sf = is_float(sbt);
3662 df = is_float(dbt);
3663 dbt_bt = dbt & VT_BTYPE;
3664 sbt_bt = sbt & VT_BTYPE;
3665 if (dbt_bt == VT_VOID)
3666 goto done;
3667 if (sbt_bt == VT_VOID) {
3668 error:
3669 cast_error(&vtop->type, type);
3672 c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
3673 #if !defined TCC_IS_NATIVE && !defined TCC_IS_NATIVE_387
3674 c &= (dbt != VT_LDOUBLE) | !!nocode_wanted;
3675 #endif
3676 if (c) {
3677 /* constant case: we can do it now */
3678 /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
3679 if (sbt == VT_FLOAT)
3680 vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.f;
3681 else if (sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
3682 vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.d;
3684 if (df) {
3685 if (sbt_bt == VT_LLONG) {
3686 if ((sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) || !(vtop->c.i >> 63))
3687 vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.i;
3688 else
3689 vtop->c.ld = -(long double)-vtop->c.i;
3690 } else if(!sf) {
3691 if ((sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) || !(vtop->c.i >> 31))
3692 vtop->c.ld = (uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
3693 else
3694 vtop->c.ld = -(long double)-(uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
3697 if (dbt == VT_FLOAT)
3698 vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
3699 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE)
3700 vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
3701 } else if (sf && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
3702 vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ld != 0);
3703 } else {
3704 if(sf)
3705 vtop->c.i = vtop->c.ld;
3706 else if (sbt_bt == VT_LLONG || (PTR_SIZE == 8 && sbt == VT_PTR))
3708 else if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
3709 vtop->c.i = (uint32_t)vtop->c.i;
3710 else
3711 vtop->c.i = ((uint32_t)vtop->c.i | -(vtop->c.i & 0x80000000));
3713 if (dbt_bt == VT_LLONG || (PTR_SIZE == 8 && dbt == VT_PTR))
3715 else if (dbt == VT_BOOL)
3716 vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
3717 else {
3718 uint32_t m = dbt_bt == VT_BYTE ? 0xff :
3719 dbt_bt == VT_SHORT ? 0xffff :
3720 0xffffffff;
3721 vtop->c.i &= m;
3722 if (!(dbt & VT_UNSIGNED))
3723 vtop->c.i |= -(vtop->c.i & ((m >> 1) + 1));
3726 goto done;
3728 } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL
3729 && (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM))
3730 == (VT_CONST | VT_SYM)) {
3731 /* addresses are considered non-zero (see tcctest.c:sinit23) */
3732 vtop->r = VT_CONST;
3733 vtop->c.i = 1;
3734 goto done;
3737 /* cannot generate code for global or static initializers */
3738 if (STATIC_DATA_WANTED)
3739 goto done;
3741 /* non constant case: generate code */
3742 if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
3743 gen_test_zero(TOK_NE);
3744 goto done;
3747 if (sf || df) {
3748 if (sf && df) {
3749 /* convert from fp to fp */
3750 gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
3751 } else if (df) {
3752 /* convert int to fp */
3753 gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
3754 } else {
3755 /* convert fp to int */
3756 sbt = dbt;
3757 if (dbt_bt != VT_LLONG && dbt_bt != VT_INT)
3758 sbt = VT_INT;
3759 gen_cvt_ftoi1(sbt);
3760 goto again; /* may need char/short cast */
3762 goto done;
3765 ds = btype_size(dbt_bt);
3766 ss = btype_size(sbt_bt);
3767 if (ds == 0 || ss == 0)
3768 goto error;
3770 if (IS_ENUM(type->t) && type->ref->c < 0)
3771 tcc_error("cast to incomplete type");
3773 /* same size and no sign conversion needed */
3774 if (ds == ss && ds >= 4)
3775 goto done;
3776 if (dbt_bt == VT_PTR || sbt_bt == VT_PTR) {
3777 tcc_warning("cast between pointer and integer of different size");
3778 if (sbt_bt == VT_PTR) {
3779 /* put integer type to allow logical operations below */
3780 vtop->type.t = (PTR_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT);
3784 /* processor allows { int a = 0, b = *(char*)&a; }
3785 That means that if we cast to less width, we can just
3786 change the type and read it still later. */
3787 #define ALLOW_SUBTYPE_ACCESS 1
3789 if (ALLOW_SUBTYPE_ACCESS && (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
3790 /* value still in memory */
3791 if (ds <= ss)
3792 goto done;
3793 /* ss <= 4 here */
3794 if (ds <= 4 && !(dbt == (VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED) && sbt == VT_BYTE)) {
3795 gv(RC_INT);
3796 goto done; /* no 64bit envolved */
3799 gv(RC_INT);
3801 trunc = 0;
3802 #if PTR_SIZE == 4
3803 if (ds == 8) {
3804 /* generate high word */
3805 if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) {
3806 vpushi(0);
3807 gv(RC_INT);
3808 } else {
3809 gv_dup();
3810 vpushi(31);
3811 gen_op(TOK_SAR);
3813 lbuild(dbt);
3814 } else if (ss == 8) {
3815 /* from long long: just take low order word */
3816 lexpand();
3817 vpop();
3819 ss = 4;
3821 #elif PTR_SIZE == 8
3822 if (ds == 8) {
3823 /* need to convert from 32bit to 64bit */
3824 if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED) {
3825 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_RISCV64)
3826 /* RISC-V keeps 32bit vals in registers sign-extended.
3827 So here we need a zero-extension. */
3828 trunc = 32;
3829 #else
3830 goto done;
3831 #endif
3832 } else {
3833 gen_cvt_sxtw();
3834 goto done;
3836 ss = ds, ds = 4, dbt = sbt;
3837 } else if (ss == 8) {
3838 /* RISC-V keeps 32bit vals in registers sign-extended.
3839 So here we need a sign-extension for signed types and
3840 zero-extension. for unsigned types. */
3841 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_RISCV64)
3842 trunc = 32; /* zero upper 32 bits for non RISC-V targets */
3843 #endif
3844 } else {
3845 ss = 4;
3847 #endif
3849 if (ds >= ss)
3850 goto done;
3851 #if defined TCC_TARGET_I386 || defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64 || defined TCC_TARGET_ARM64
3852 if (ss == 4) {
3853 gen_cvt_csti(dbt);
3854 goto done;
3856 #endif
3857 bits = (ss - ds) * 8;
3858 /* for unsigned, gen_op will convert SAR to SHR */
3859 vtop->type.t = (ss == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT) | (dbt & VT_UNSIGNED);
3860 vpushi(bits);
3861 gen_op(TOK_SHL);
3862 vpushi(bits - trunc);
3863 gen_op(TOK_SAR);
3864 vpushi(trunc);
3865 gen_op(TOK_SHR);
3867 done:
3868 vtop->type = *type;
3869 vtop->type.t &= ~ ( VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE | VT_ARRAY );
3872 /* return type size as known at compile time. Put alignment at 'a' */
3873 ST_FUNC int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
3875 Sym *s;
3876 int bt;
3878 bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
3879 if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
3880 /* struct/union */
3881 s = type->ref;
3882 *a = s->r;
3883 return s->c;
3884 } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
3885 if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
3886 int ts;
3888 s = type->ref;
3889 ts = type_size(&s->type, a);
3891 if (ts < 0 && s->c < 0)
3892 ts = -ts;
3894 return ts * s->c;
3895 } else {
3896 *a = PTR_SIZE;
3897 return PTR_SIZE;
3899 } else if (IS_ENUM(type->t) && type->ref->c < 0) {
3900 return -1; /* incomplete enum */
3901 } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
3902 *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
3903 return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
3904 } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
3905 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
3906 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
3907 *a = 8;
3908 #else
3909 *a = 4;
3910 #endif
3911 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
3912 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
3913 *a = 8;
3914 #else
3915 *a = 4;
3916 #endif
3917 #else
3918 *a = 8;
3919 #endif
3920 return 8;
3921 } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
3922 *a = 4;
3923 return 4;
3924 } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
3925 *a = 2;
3926 return 2;
3927 } else if (bt == VT_QLONG || bt == VT_QFLOAT) {
3928 *a = 8;
3929 return 16;
3930 } else {
3931 /* char, void, function, _Bool */
3932 *a = 1;
3933 return 1;
3937 /* push type size as known at runtime time on top of value stack. Put
3938 alignment at 'a' */
3939 static void vpush_type_size(CType *type, int *a)
3941 if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
3942 type_size(&type->ref->type, a);
3943 vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, type->ref->c);
3944 } else {
3945 int size = type_size(type, a);
3946 if (size < 0)
3947 tcc_error("unknown type size");
3948 vpushi(size);
3952 /* return the pointed type of t */
3953 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
3955 return &type->ref->type;
3958 /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
3959 ST_FUNC void mk_pointer(CType *type)
3961 Sym *s;
3962 s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
3963 type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & VT_STORAGE);
3964 type->ref = s;
3967 /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
3968 qualifiers).
3970 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
3972 return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
3975 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
3977 static int is_compatible_unqualified_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
3979 return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
3982 static void cast_error(CType *st, CType *dt)
3984 type_incompatibility_error(st, dt, "cannot convert '%s' to '%s'");
3987 /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type */
3988 static void verify_assign_cast(CType *dt)
3990 CType *st, *type1, *type2;
3991 int dbt, sbt, qualwarn, lvl;
3993 st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
3994 dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
3995 sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
3996 if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
3997 tcc_warning("assignment of read-only location");
3998 switch(dbt) {
3999 case VT_VOID:
4000 if (sbt != dbt)
4001 tcc_error("assignment to void expression");
4002 break;
4003 case VT_PTR:
4004 /* special cases for pointers */
4005 /* '0' can also be a pointer */
4006 if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
4007 break;
4008 /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
4009 if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
4010 tcc_warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
4011 break;
4013 type1 = pointed_type(dt);
4014 if (sbt == VT_PTR)
4015 type2 = pointed_type(st);
4016 else if (sbt == VT_FUNC)
4017 type2 = st; /* a function is implicitly a function pointer */
4018 else
4019 goto error;
4020 if (is_compatible_types(type1, type2))
4021 break;
4022 for (qualwarn = lvl = 0;; ++lvl) {
4023 if (((type2->t & VT_CONSTANT) && !(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
4024 ((type2->t & VT_VOLATILE) && !(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
4025 qualwarn = 1;
4026 dbt = type1->t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG);
4027 sbt = type2->t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG);
4028 if (dbt != VT_PTR || sbt != VT_PTR)
4029 break;
4030 type1 = pointed_type(type1);
4031 type2 = pointed_type(type2);
4033 if (!is_compatible_unqualified_types(type1, type2)) {
4034 if ((dbt == VT_VOID || sbt == VT_VOID) && lvl == 0) {
4035 /* void * can match anything */
4036 } else if (dbt == sbt
4037 && is_integer_btype(sbt & VT_BTYPE)
4038 && IS_ENUM(type1->t) + IS_ENUM(type2->t)
4039 + !!((type1->t ^ type2->t) & VT_UNSIGNED) < 2) {
4040 /* Like GCC don't warn by default for merely changes
4041 in pointer target signedness. Do warn for different
4042 base types, though, in particular for unsigned enums
4043 and signed int targets. */
4044 } else {
4045 tcc_warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
4046 break;
4049 if (qualwarn)
4050 tcc_warning_c(warn_discarded_qualifiers)("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
4051 break;
4052 case VT_BYTE:
4053 case VT_SHORT:
4054 case VT_INT:
4055 case VT_LLONG:
4056 if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
4057 tcc_warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
4058 } else if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
4059 goto case_VT_STRUCT;
4061 /* XXX: more tests */
4062 break;
4063 case VT_STRUCT:
4064 case_VT_STRUCT:
4065 if (!is_compatible_unqualified_types(dt, st)) {
4066 error:
4067 cast_error(st, dt);
4069 break;
4073 static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
4075 verify_assign_cast(dt);
4076 gen_cast(dt);
4079 /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
4080 ST_FUNC void vstore(void)
4082 int sbt, dbt, ft, r, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, delayed_cast;
4084 ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
4085 sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
4086 dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
4088 verify_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
4090 if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
4091 /* if structure, only generate pointer */
4092 /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
4093 /* XXX: optimize if small size */
4094 size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
4096 /* destination */
4097 vswap();
4098 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4099 if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
4100 gbound(); /* check would be wrong after gaddrof() */
4101 #endif
4102 vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
4103 gaddrof();
4105 /* address of memcpy() */
4106 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
4107 if(!(align & 7))
4108 vpush_helper_func(TOK_memmove8);
4109 else if(!(align & 3))
4110 vpush_helper_func(TOK_memmove4);
4111 else
4112 #endif
4113 /* Use memmove, rather than memcpy, as dest and src may be same: */
4114 vpush_helper_func(TOK_memmove);
4116 vswap();
4117 /* source */
4118 vpushv(vtop - 2);
4119 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4120 if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
4121 gbound();
4122 #endif
4123 vtop->type.t = VT_PTR;
4124 gaddrof();
4125 /* type size */
4126 vpushi(size);
4127 gfunc_call(3);
4128 /* leave source on stack */
4130 } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
4131 /* bitfield store handling */
4133 /* save lvalue as expression result (example: s.b = s.a = n;) */
4134 vdup(), vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
4136 bit_pos = BIT_POS(ft);
4137 bit_size = BIT_SIZE(ft);
4138 /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
4139 vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~VT_STRUCT_MASK;
4141 if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
4142 gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
4143 vtop[-1].type.t = (vtop[-1].type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | (VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED);
4145 r = adjust_bf(vtop - 1, bit_pos, bit_size);
4146 if (dbt != VT_BOOL) {
4147 gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
4148 dbt = vtop[-1].type.t & VT_BTYPE;
4150 if (r == VT_STRUCT) {
4151 store_packed_bf(bit_pos, bit_size);
4152 } else {
4153 unsigned long long mask = (1ULL << bit_size) - 1;
4154 if (dbt != VT_BOOL) {
4155 /* mask source */
4156 if (dbt == VT_LLONG)
4157 vpushll(mask);
4158 else
4159 vpushi((unsigned)mask);
4160 gen_op('&');
4162 /* shift source */
4163 vpushi(bit_pos);
4164 gen_op(TOK_SHL);
4165 vswap();
4166 /* duplicate destination */
4167 vdup();
4168 vrott(3);
4169 /* load destination, mask and or with source */
4170 if (dbt == VT_LLONG)
4171 vpushll(~(mask << bit_pos));
4172 else
4173 vpushi(~((unsigned)mask << bit_pos));
4174 gen_op('&');
4175 gen_op('|');
4176 /* store result */
4177 vstore();
4178 /* ... and discard */
4179 vpop();
4181 } else if (dbt == VT_VOID) {
4182 --vtop;
4183 } else {
4184 /* optimize char/short casts */
4185 delayed_cast = 0;
4186 if ((dbt == VT_BYTE || dbt == VT_SHORT)
4187 && is_integer_btype(sbt)
4189 if ((vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST)
4190 && btype_size(dbt) > btype_size(sbt)
4192 force_charshort_cast();
4193 delayed_cast = 1;
4194 } else {
4195 gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
4198 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4199 /* bound check case */
4200 if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
4201 vswap();
4202 gbound();
4203 vswap();
4205 #endif
4206 gv(RC_TYPE(dbt)); /* generate value */
4208 if (delayed_cast) {
4209 vtop->r |= BFVAL(VT_MUSTCAST, (sbt == VT_LLONG) + 1);
4210 //tcc_warning("deley cast %x -> %x", sbt, dbt);
4211 vtop->type.t = ft & VT_TYPE;
4214 /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
4215 if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
4216 SValue sv;
4217 r = get_reg(RC_INT);
4218 sv.type.t = VT_PTRDIFF_T;
4219 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4220 sv.c.i = vtop[-1].c.i;
4221 load(r, &sv);
4222 vtop[-1].r = r | VT_LVAL;
4225 r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4226 /* two word case handling :
4227 store second register at word + 4 (or +8 for x86-64) */
4228 if (USING_TWO_WORDS(dbt)) {
4229 int load_type = (dbt == VT_QFLOAT) ? VT_DOUBLE : VT_PTRDIFF_T;
4230 vtop[-1].type.t = load_type;
4231 store(r, vtop - 1);
4232 vswap();
4233 /* convert to int to increment easily */
4234 vtop->type.t = VT_PTRDIFF_T;
4235 gaddrof();
4236 vpushs(PTR_SIZE);
4237 gen_op('+');
4238 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
4239 vswap();
4240 vtop[-1].type.t = load_type;
4241 /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
4242 store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
4243 } else {
4244 /* single word */
4245 store(r, vtop - 1);
4247 vswap();
4248 vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
4252 /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
4253 ST_FUNC void inc(int post, int c)
4255 test_lvalue();
4256 vdup(); /* save lvalue */
4257 if (post) {
4258 gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
4259 vrotb(3);
4260 vrotb(3);
4262 /* add constant */
4263 vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
4264 gen_op('+');
4265 vstore(); /* store value */
4266 if (post)
4267 vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
4270 ST_FUNC void parse_mult_str (CString *astr, const char *msg)
4272 /* read the string */
4273 if (tok != TOK_STR)
4274 expect(msg);
4275 cstr_new(astr);
4276 while (tok == TOK_STR) {
4277 /* XXX: add \0 handling too ? */
4278 cstr_cat(astr, tokc.str.data, -1);
4279 next();
4281 cstr_ccat(astr, '\0');
4284 /* If I is >= 1 and a power of two, returns log2(i)+1.
4285 If I is 0 returns 0. */
4286 ST_FUNC int exact_log2p1(int i)
4288 int ret;
4289 if (!i)
4290 return 0;
4291 for (ret = 1; i >= 1 << 8; ret += 8)
4292 i >>= 8;
4293 if (i >= 1 << 4)
4294 ret += 4, i >>= 4;
4295 if (i >= 1 << 2)
4296 ret += 2, i >>= 2;
4297 if (i >= 1 << 1)
4298 ret++;
4299 return ret;
4302 /* Parse __attribute__((...)) GNUC extension. */
4303 static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
4305 int t, n;
4306 CString astr;
4308 redo:
4309 if (tok != TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 && tok != TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
4310 return;
4311 next();
4312 skip('(');
4313 skip('(');
4314 while (tok != ')') {
4315 if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
4316 expect("attribute name");
4317 t = tok;
4318 next();
4319 switch(t) {
4320 case TOK_CLEANUP1:
4321 case TOK_CLEANUP2:
4323 Sym *s;
4325 skip('(');
4326 s = sym_find(tok);
4327 if (!s) {
4328 tcc_warning_c(warn_implicit_function_declaration)(
4329 "implicit declaration of function '%s'", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
4330 s = external_global_sym(tok, &func_old_type);
4331 } else if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
4332 tcc_error("'%s' is not declared as function", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
4333 ad->cleanup_func = s;
4334 next();
4335 skip(')');
4336 break;
4338 case TOK_CONSTRUCTOR1:
4339 case TOK_CONSTRUCTOR2:
4340 ad->f.func_ctor = 1;
4341 break;
4342 case TOK_DESTRUCTOR1:
4343 case TOK_DESTRUCTOR2:
4344 ad->f.func_dtor = 1;
4345 break;
4346 case TOK_ALWAYS_INLINE1:
4347 case TOK_ALWAYS_INLINE2:
4348 ad->f.func_alwinl = 1;
4349 break;
4350 case TOK_SECTION1:
4351 case TOK_SECTION2:
4352 skip('(');
4353 parse_mult_str(&astr, "section name");
4354 ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)astr.data);
4355 skip(')');
4356 cstr_free(&astr);
4357 break;
4358 case TOK_ALIAS1:
4359 case TOK_ALIAS2:
4360 skip('(');
4361 parse_mult_str(&astr, "alias(\"target\")");
4362 ad->alias_target = /* save string as token, for later */
4363 tok_alloc((char*)astr.data, astr.size-1)->tok;
4364 skip(')');
4365 cstr_free(&astr);
4366 break;
4367 case TOK_VISIBILITY1:
4368 case TOK_VISIBILITY2:
4369 skip('(');
4370 parse_mult_str(&astr,
4371 "visibility(\"default|hidden|internal|protected\")");
4372 if (!strcmp (astr.data, "default"))
4373 ad->a.visibility = STV_DEFAULT;
4374 else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "hidden"))
4375 ad->a.visibility = STV_HIDDEN;
4376 else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "internal"))
4377 ad->a.visibility = STV_INTERNAL;
4378 else if (!strcmp (astr.data, "protected"))
4379 ad->a.visibility = STV_PROTECTED;
4380 else
4381 expect("visibility(\"default|hidden|internal|protected\")");
4382 skip(')');
4383 cstr_free(&astr);
4384 break;
4385 case TOK_ALIGNED1:
4386 case TOK_ALIGNED2:
4387 if (tok == '(') {
4388 next();
4389 n = expr_const();
4390 if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
4391 tcc_error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
4392 skip(')');
4393 } else {
4394 n = MAX_ALIGN;
4396 ad->a.aligned = exact_log2p1(n);
4397 if (n != 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1))
4398 tcc_error("alignment of %d is larger than implemented", n);
4399 break;
4400 case TOK_PACKED1:
4401 case TOK_PACKED2:
4402 ad->a.packed = 1;
4403 break;
4404 case TOK_WEAK1:
4405 case TOK_WEAK2:
4406 ad->a.weak = 1;
4407 break;
4408 case TOK_UNUSED1:
4409 case TOK_UNUSED2:
4410 /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
4411 track unused objects */
4412 break;
4413 case TOK_NORETURN1:
4414 case TOK_NORETURN2:
4415 ad->f.func_noreturn = 1;
4416 break;
4417 case TOK_CDECL1:
4418 case TOK_CDECL2:
4419 case TOK_CDECL3:
4420 ad->f.func_call = FUNC_CDECL;
4421 break;
4422 case TOK_STDCALL1:
4423 case TOK_STDCALL2:
4424 case TOK_STDCALL3:
4425 ad->f.func_call = FUNC_STDCALL;
4426 break;
4427 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
4428 case TOK_REGPARM1:
4429 case TOK_REGPARM2:
4430 skip('(');
4431 n = expr_const();
4432 if (n > 3)
4433 n = 3;
4434 else if (n < 0)
4435 n = 0;
4436 if (n > 0)
4437 ad->f.func_call = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
4438 skip(')');
4439 break;
4440 case TOK_FASTCALL1:
4441 case TOK_FASTCALL2:
4442 case TOK_FASTCALL3:
4443 ad->f.func_call = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
4444 break;
4445 #endif
4446 case TOK_MODE:
4447 skip('(');
4448 switch(tok) {
4449 case TOK_MODE_DI:
4450 ad->attr_mode = VT_LLONG + 1;
4451 break;
4452 case TOK_MODE_QI:
4453 ad->attr_mode = VT_BYTE + 1;
4454 break;
4455 case TOK_MODE_HI:
4456 ad->attr_mode = VT_SHORT + 1;
4457 break;
4458 case TOK_MODE_SI:
4459 case TOK_MODE_word:
4460 ad->attr_mode = VT_INT + 1;
4461 break;
4462 default:
4463 tcc_warning("__mode__(%s) not supported\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
4464 break;
4466 next();
4467 skip(')');
4468 break;
4469 case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
4470 ad->a.dllexport = 1;
4471 break;
4472 case TOK_NODECORATE:
4473 ad->a.nodecorate = 1;
4474 break;
4475 case TOK_DLLIMPORT:
4476 ad->a.dllimport = 1;
4477 break;
4478 default:
4479 tcc_warning_c(warn_unsupported)("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
4480 /* skip parameters */
4481 if (tok == '(') {
4482 int parenthesis = 0;
4483 do {
4484 if (tok == '(')
4485 parenthesis++;
4486 else if (tok == ')')
4487 parenthesis--;
4488 next();
4489 } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
4491 break;
4493 if (tok != ',')
4494 break;
4495 next();
4497 skip(')');
4498 skip(')');
4499 goto redo;
4502 static Sym * find_field (CType *type, int v, int *cumofs)
4504 Sym *s = type->ref;
4505 v |= SYM_FIELD;
4506 while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
4507 if ((s->v & SYM_FIELD) &&
4508 (s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
4509 (s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
4510 Sym *ret = find_field (&s->type, v, cumofs);
4511 if (ret) {
4512 *cumofs += s->c;
4513 return ret;
4516 if (s->v == v)
4517 break;
4519 return s;
4522 static void check_fields (CType *type, int check)
4524 Sym *s = type->ref;
4526 while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
4527 int v = s->v & ~SYM_FIELD;
4528 if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
4529 TokenSym *ts = table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT];
4530 if (check && (ts->tok & SYM_FIELD))
4531 tcc_error("duplicate member '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4532 ts->tok ^= SYM_FIELD;
4533 } else if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT)
4534 check_fields (&s->type, check);
4538 static void struct_layout(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
4540 int size, align, maxalign, offset, c, bit_pos, bit_size;
4541 int packed, a, bt, prevbt, prev_bit_size;
4542 int pcc = !tcc_state->ms_bitfields;
4543 int pragma_pack = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
4544 Sym *f;
4546 maxalign = 1;
4547 offset = 0;
4548 c = 0;
4549 bit_pos = 0;
4550 prevbt = VT_STRUCT; /* make it never match */
4551 prev_bit_size = 0;
4553 //#define BF_DEBUG
4555 for (f = type->ref->next; f; f = f->next) {
4556 if (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD)
4557 bit_size = BIT_SIZE(f->type.t);
4558 else
4559 bit_size = -1;
4560 size = type_size(&f->type, &align);
4561 a = f->a.aligned ? 1 << (f->a.aligned - 1) : 0;
4562 packed = 0;
4564 if (pcc && bit_size == 0) {
4565 /* in pcc mode, packing does not affect zero-width bitfields */
4567 } else {
4568 /* in pcc mode, attribute packed overrides if set. */
4569 if (pcc && (f->a.packed || ad->a.packed))
4570 align = packed = 1;
4572 /* pragma pack overrides align if lesser and packs bitfields always */
4573 if (pragma_pack) {
4574 packed = 1;
4575 if (pragma_pack < align)
4576 align = pragma_pack;
4577 /* in pcc mode pragma pack also overrides individual align */
4578 if (pcc && pragma_pack < a)
4579 a = 0;
4582 /* some individual align was specified */
4583 if (a)
4584 align = a;
4586 if (type->ref->type.t == VT_UNION) {
4587 if (pcc && bit_size >= 0)
4588 size = (bit_size + 7) >> 3;
4589 offset = 0;
4590 if (size > c)
4591 c = size;
4593 } else if (bit_size < 0) {
4594 if (pcc)
4595 c += (bit_pos + 7) >> 3;
4596 c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
4597 offset = c;
4598 if (size > 0)
4599 c += size;
4600 bit_pos = 0;
4601 prevbt = VT_STRUCT;
4602 prev_bit_size = 0;
4604 } else {
4605 /* A bit-field. Layout is more complicated. There are two
4606 options: PCC (GCC) compatible and MS compatible */
4607 if (pcc) {
4608 /* In PCC layout a bit-field is placed adjacent to the
4609 preceding bit-fields, except if:
4610 - it has zero-width
4611 - an individual alignment was given
4612 - it would overflow its base type container and
4613 there is no packing */
4614 if (bit_size == 0) {
4615 new_field:
4616 c = (c + ((bit_pos + 7) >> 3) + align - 1) & -align;
4617 bit_pos = 0;
4618 } else if (f->a.aligned) {
4619 goto new_field;
4620 } else if (!packed) {
4621 int a8 = align * 8;
4622 int ofs = ((c * 8 + bit_pos) % a8 + bit_size + a8 - 1) / a8;
4623 if (ofs > size / align)
4624 goto new_field;
4627 /* in pcc mode, long long bitfields have type int if they fit */
4628 if (size == 8 && bit_size <= 32)
4629 f->type.t = (f->type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT, size = 4;
4631 while (bit_pos >= align * 8)
4632 c += align, bit_pos -= align * 8;
4633 offset = c;
4635 /* In PCC layout named bit-fields influence the alignment
4636 of the containing struct using the base types alignment,
4637 except for packed fields (which here have correct align). */
4638 if (f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM
4639 // && bit_size // ??? gcc on ARM/rpi does that
4641 align = 1;
4643 } else {
4644 bt = f->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
4645 if ((bit_pos + bit_size > size * 8)
4646 || (bit_size > 0) == (bt != prevbt)
4648 c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
4649 offset = c;
4650 bit_pos = 0;
4651 /* In MS bitfield mode a bit-field run always uses
4652 at least as many bits as the underlying type.
4653 To start a new run it's also required that this
4654 or the last bit-field had non-zero width. */
4655 if (bit_size || prev_bit_size)
4656 c += size;
4658 /* In MS layout the records alignment is normally
4659 influenced by the field, except for a zero-width
4660 field at the start of a run (but by further zero-width
4661 fields it is again). */
4662 if (bit_size == 0 && prevbt != bt)
4663 align = 1;
4664 prevbt = bt;
4665 prev_bit_size = bit_size;
4668 f->type.t = (f->type.t & ~(0x3f << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT))
4669 | (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT);
4670 bit_pos += bit_size;
4672 if (align > maxalign)
4673 maxalign = align;
4675 #ifdef BF_DEBUG
4676 printf("set field %s offset %-2d size %-2d align %-2d",
4677 get_tok_str(f->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL), offset, size, align);
4678 if (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
4679 printf(" pos %-2d bits %-2d",
4680 BIT_POS(f->type.t),
4681 BIT_SIZE(f->type.t)
4684 printf("\n");
4685 #endif
4687 f->c = offset;
4688 f->r = 0;
4691 if (pcc)
4692 c += (bit_pos + 7) >> 3;
4694 /* store size and alignment */
4695 a = bt = ad->a.aligned ? 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1) : 1;
4696 if (a < maxalign)
4697 a = maxalign;
4698 type->ref->r = a;
4699 if (pragma_pack && pragma_pack < maxalign && 0 == pcc) {
4700 /* can happen if individual align for some member was given. In
4701 this case MSVC ignores maxalign when aligning the size */
4702 a = pragma_pack;
4703 if (a < bt)
4704 a = bt;
4706 c = (c + a - 1) & -a;
4707 type->ref->c = c;
4709 #ifdef BF_DEBUG
4710 printf("struct size %-2d align %-2d\n\n", c, a), fflush(stdout);
4711 #endif
4713 /* check whether we can access bitfields by their type */
4714 for (f = type->ref->next; f; f = f->next) {
4715 int s, px, cx, c0;
4716 CType t;
4718 if (0 == (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD))
4719 continue;
4720 f->type.ref = f;
4721 f->auxtype = -1;
4722 bit_size = BIT_SIZE(f->type.t);
4723 if (bit_size == 0)
4724 continue;
4725 bit_pos = BIT_POS(f->type.t);
4726 size = type_size(&f->type, &align);
4728 if (bit_pos + bit_size <= size * 8 && f->c + size <= c
4729 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
4730 && !(f->c & (align - 1))
4731 #endif
4733 continue;
4735 /* try to access the field using a different type */
4736 c0 = -1, s = align = 1;
4737 t.t = VT_BYTE;
4738 for (;;) {
4739 px = f->c * 8 + bit_pos;
4740 cx = (px >> 3) & -align;
4741 px = px - (cx << 3);
4742 if (c0 == cx)
4743 break;
4744 s = (px + bit_size + 7) >> 3;
4745 if (s > 4) {
4746 t.t = VT_LLONG;
4747 } else if (s > 2) {
4748 t.t = VT_INT;
4749 } else if (s > 1) {
4750 t.t = VT_SHORT;
4751 } else {
4752 t.t = VT_BYTE;
4754 s = type_size(&t, &align);
4755 c0 = cx;
4758 if (px + bit_size <= s * 8 && cx + s <= c
4759 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
4760 && !(cx & (align - 1))
4761 #endif
4763 /* update offset and bit position */
4764 f->c = cx;
4765 bit_pos = px;
4766 f->type.t = (f->type.t & ~(0x3f << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT))
4767 | (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT);
4768 if (s != size)
4769 f->auxtype = t.t;
4770 #ifdef BF_DEBUG
4771 printf("FIX field %s offset %-2d size %-2d align %-2d "
4772 "pos %-2d bits %-2d\n",
4773 get_tok_str(f->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL),
4774 cx, s, align, px, bit_size);
4775 #endif
4776 } else {
4777 /* fall back to load/store single-byte wise */
4778 f->auxtype = VT_STRUCT;
4779 #ifdef BF_DEBUG
4780 printf("FIX field %s : load byte-wise\n",
4781 get_tok_str(f->v & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
4782 #endif
4787 /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is VT_ENUM/VT_STRUCT/VT_UNION */
4788 static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
4790 int v, c, size, align, flexible;
4791 int bit_size, bsize, bt;
4792 Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
4793 AttributeDef ad, ad1;
4794 CType type1, btype;
4796 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof ad);
4797 next();
4798 parse_attribute(&ad);
4799 if (tok != '{') {
4800 v = tok;
4801 next();
4802 /* struct already defined ? return it */
4803 if (v < TOK_IDENT)
4804 expect("struct/union/enum name");
4805 s = struct_find(v);
4806 if (s && (s->sym_scope == local_scope || tok != '{')) {
4807 if (u == s->type.t)
4808 goto do_decl;
4809 if (u == VT_ENUM && IS_ENUM(s->type.t))
4810 goto do_decl;
4811 tcc_error("redefinition of '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4813 } else {
4814 v = anon_sym++;
4816 /* Record the original enum/struct/union token. */
4817 type1.t = u == VT_ENUM ? u | VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED : u;
4818 type1.ref = NULL;
4819 /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
4820 s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
4821 s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
4822 do_decl:
4823 type->t = s->type.t;
4824 type->ref = s;
4826 if (tok == '{') {
4827 next();
4828 if (s->c != -1)
4829 tcc_error("struct/union/enum already defined");
4830 s->c = -2;
4831 /* cannot be empty */
4832 /* non empty enums are not allowed */
4833 ps = &s->next;
4834 if (u == VT_ENUM) {
4835 long long ll = 0, pl = 0, nl = 0;
4836 CType t;
4837 t.ref = s;
4838 /* enum symbols have static storage */
4839 t.t = VT_INT|VT_STATIC|VT_ENUM_VAL;
4840 for(;;) {
4841 v = tok;
4842 if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
4843 expect("identifier");
4844 ss = sym_find(v);
4845 if (ss && !local_stack)
4846 tcc_error("redefinition of enumerator '%s'",
4847 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4848 next();
4849 if (tok == '=') {
4850 next();
4851 ll = expr_const64();
4853 ss = sym_push(v, &t, VT_CONST, 0);
4854 ss->enum_val = ll;
4855 *ps = ss, ps = &ss->next;
4856 if (ll < nl)
4857 nl = ll;
4858 if (ll > pl)
4859 pl = ll;
4860 if (tok != ',')
4861 break;
4862 next();
4863 ll++;
4864 /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
4865 if (tok == '}')
4866 break;
4868 skip('}');
4869 /* set integral type of the enum */
4870 t.t = VT_INT;
4871 if (nl >= 0) {
4872 if (pl != (unsigned)pl)
4873 t.t = (LONG_SIZE==8 ? VT_LLONG|VT_LONG : VT_LLONG);
4874 t.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
4875 } else if (pl != (int)pl || nl != (int)nl)
4876 t.t = (LONG_SIZE==8 ? VT_LLONG|VT_LONG : VT_LLONG);
4877 s->type.t = type->t = t.t | VT_ENUM;
4878 s->c = 0;
4879 /* set type for enum members */
4880 for (ss = s->next; ss; ss = ss->next) {
4881 ll = ss->enum_val;
4882 if (ll == (int)ll) /* default is int if it fits */
4883 continue;
4884 if (t.t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
4885 ss->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
4886 if (ll == (unsigned)ll)
4887 continue;
4889 ss->type.t = (ss->type.t & ~VT_BTYPE)
4890 | (LONG_SIZE==8 ? VT_LLONG|VT_LONG : VT_LLONG);
4892 } else {
4893 c = 0;
4894 flexible = 0;
4895 while (tok != '}') {
4896 if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad1)) {
4897 skip(';');
4898 continue;
4900 while (1) {
4901 if (flexible)
4902 tcc_error("flexible array member '%s' not at the end of struct",
4903 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4904 bit_size = -1;
4905 v = 0;
4906 type1 = btype;
4907 if (tok != ':') {
4908 if (tok != ';')
4909 type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
4910 if (v == 0) {
4911 if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
4912 expect("identifier");
4913 else {
4914 int v = btype.ref->v;
4915 if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
4916 if (tcc_state->ms_extensions == 0)
4917 expect("identifier");
4921 if (type_size(&type1, &align) < 0) {
4922 if ((u == VT_STRUCT) && (type1.t & VT_ARRAY) && c)
4923 flexible = 1;
4924 else
4925 tcc_error("field '%s' has incomplete type",
4926 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4928 if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
4929 (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
4930 (type1.t & VT_STORAGE))
4931 tcc_error("invalid type for '%s'",
4932 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4934 if (tok == ':') {
4935 next();
4936 bit_size = expr_const();
4937 /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
4938 if (bit_size < 0)
4939 tcc_error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
4940 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4941 if (v && bit_size == 0)
4942 tcc_error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
4943 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4944 parse_attribute(&ad1);
4946 size = type_size(&type1, &align);
4947 if (bit_size >= 0) {
4948 bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
4949 if (bt != VT_INT &&
4950 bt != VT_BYTE &&
4951 bt != VT_SHORT &&
4952 bt != VT_BOOL &&
4953 bt != VT_LLONG)
4954 tcc_error("bitfields must have scalar type");
4955 bsize = size * 8;
4956 if (bit_size > bsize) {
4957 tcc_error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
4958 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4959 } else if (bit_size == bsize
4960 && !ad.a.packed && !ad1.a.packed) {
4961 /* no need for bit fields */
4963 } else if (bit_size == 64) {
4964 tcc_error("field width 64 not implemented");
4965 } else {
4966 type1.t = (type1.t & ~VT_STRUCT_MASK)
4967 | VT_BITFIELD
4968 | (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
4971 if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
4972 /* Remember we've seen a real field to check
4973 for placement of flexible array member. */
4974 c = 1;
4976 /* If member is a struct or bit-field, enforce
4977 placing into the struct (as anonymous). */
4978 if (v == 0 &&
4979 ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT ||
4980 bit_size >= 0)) {
4981 v = anon_sym++;
4983 if (v) {
4984 ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, 0);
4985 ss->a = ad1.a;
4986 *ps = ss;
4987 ps = &ss->next;
4989 if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
4990 break;
4991 skip(',');
4993 skip(';');
4995 skip('}');
4996 parse_attribute(&ad);
4997 if (ad.cleanup_func) {
4998 tcc_warning("attribute '__cleanup__' ignored on type");
5000 check_fields(type, 1);
5001 check_fields(type, 0);
5002 struct_layout(type, &ad);
5007 static void sym_to_attr(AttributeDef *ad, Sym *s)
5009 merge_symattr(&ad->a, &s->a);
5010 merge_funcattr(&ad->f, &s->f);
5013 /* Add type qualifiers to a type. If the type is an array then the qualifiers
5014 are added to the element type, copied because it could be a typedef. */
5015 static void parse_btype_qualify(CType *type, int qualifiers)
5017 while (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
5018 type->ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type->ref->type, 0, type->ref->c);
5019 type = &type->ref->type;
5021 type->t |= qualifiers;
5024 /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
5025 and skip it.
5027 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
5029 int t, u, bt, st, type_found, typespec_found, g, n;
5030 Sym *s;
5031 CType type1;
5033 memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
5034 type_found = 0;
5035 typespec_found = 0;
5036 t = VT_INT;
5037 bt = st = -1;
5038 type->ref = NULL;
5040 while(1) {
5041 switch(tok) {
5042 case TOK_EXTENSION:
5043 /* currently, we really ignore extension */
5044 next();
5045 continue;
5047 /* basic types */
5048 case TOK_CHAR:
5049 u = VT_BYTE;
5050 basic_type:
5051 next();
5052 basic_type1:
5053 if (u == VT_SHORT || u == VT_LONG) {
5054 if (st != -1 || (bt != -1 && bt != VT_INT))
5055 tmbt: tcc_error("too many basic types");
5056 st = u;
5057 } else {
5058 if (bt != -1 || (st != -1 && u != VT_INT))
5059 goto tmbt;
5060 bt = u;
5062 if (u != VT_INT)
5063 t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | u;
5064 typespec_found = 1;
5065 break;
5066 case TOK_VOID:
5067 u = VT_VOID;
5068 goto basic_type;
5069 case TOK_SHORT:
5070 u = VT_SHORT;
5071 goto basic_type;
5072 case TOK_INT:
5073 u = VT_INT;
5074 goto basic_type;
5075 case TOK_ALIGNAS:
5076 { int n;
5077 AttributeDef ad1;
5078 next();
5079 skip('(');
5080 memset(&ad1, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
5081 if (parse_btype(&type1, &ad1)) {
5082 type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
5083 if (ad1.a.aligned)
5084 n = 1 << (ad1.a.aligned - 1);
5085 else
5086 type_size(&type1, &n);
5087 } else {
5088 n = expr_const();
5089 if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
5090 tcc_error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
5092 skip(')');
5093 ad->a.aligned = exact_log2p1(n);
5095 continue;
5096 case TOK_LONG:
5097 if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
5098 t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | VT_LDOUBLE;
5099 } else if ((t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) == VT_LONG) {
5100 t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | VT_LLONG;
5101 } else {
5102 u = VT_LONG;
5103 goto basic_type;
5105 next();
5106 break;
5107 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
5108 case TOK_UINT128:
5109 /* GCC's __uint128_t appears in some Linux header files. Make it a
5110 synonym for long double to get the size and alignment right. */
5111 u = VT_LDOUBLE;
5112 goto basic_type;
5113 #endif
5114 case TOK_BOOL:
5115 u = VT_BOOL;
5116 goto basic_type;
5117 case TOK_FLOAT:
5118 u = VT_FLOAT;
5119 goto basic_type;
5120 case TOK_DOUBLE:
5121 if ((t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) == VT_LONG) {
5122 t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | VT_LDOUBLE;
5123 } else {
5124 u = VT_DOUBLE;
5125 goto basic_type;
5127 next();
5128 break;
5129 case TOK_ENUM:
5130 struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
5131 basic_type2:
5132 u = type1.t;
5133 type->ref = type1.ref;
5134 goto basic_type1;
5135 case TOK_STRUCT:
5136 struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
5137 goto basic_type2;
5138 case TOK_UNION:
5139 struct_decl(&type1, VT_UNION);
5140 goto basic_type2;
5142 /* type modifiers */
5143 case TOK__Atomic:
5144 next();
5145 type->t = t;
5146 parse_btype_qualify(type, VT_ATOMIC);
5147 t = type->t;
5148 if (tok == '(') {
5149 parse_expr_type(&type1);
5150 /* remove all storage modifiers except typedef */
5151 type1.t &= ~(VT_STORAGE&~VT_TYPEDEF);
5152 if (type1.ref)
5153 sym_to_attr(ad, type1.ref);
5154 goto basic_type2;
5156 break;
5157 case TOK_CONST1:
5158 case TOK_CONST2:
5159 case TOK_CONST3:
5160 type->t = t;
5161 parse_btype_qualify(type, VT_CONSTANT);
5162 t = type->t;
5163 next();
5164 break;
5165 case TOK_VOLATILE1:
5166 case TOK_VOLATILE2:
5167 case TOK_VOLATILE3:
5168 type->t = t;
5169 parse_btype_qualify(type, VT_VOLATILE);
5170 t = type->t;
5171 next();
5172 break;
5173 case TOK_SIGNED1:
5174 case TOK_SIGNED2:
5175 case TOK_SIGNED3:
5176 if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED))
5177 tcc_error("signed and unsigned modifier");
5178 t |= VT_DEFSIGN;
5179 next();
5180 typespec_found = 1;
5181 break;
5182 case TOK_REGISTER:
5183 case TOK_AUTO:
5184 case TOK_RESTRICT1:
5185 case TOK_RESTRICT2:
5186 case TOK_RESTRICT3:
5187 next();
5188 break;
5189 case TOK_UNSIGNED:
5190 if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_UNSIGNED)) == VT_DEFSIGN)
5191 tcc_error("signed and unsigned modifier");
5192 t |= VT_DEFSIGN | VT_UNSIGNED;
5193 next();
5194 typespec_found = 1;
5195 break;
5197 /* storage */
5198 case TOK_EXTERN:
5199 g = VT_EXTERN;
5200 goto storage;
5201 case TOK_STATIC:
5202 g = VT_STATIC;
5203 goto storage;
5204 case TOK_TYPEDEF:
5205 g = VT_TYPEDEF;
5206 goto storage;
5207 storage:
5208 if (t & (VT_EXTERN|VT_STATIC|VT_TYPEDEF) & ~g)
5209 tcc_error("multiple storage classes");
5210 t |= g;
5211 next();
5212 break;
5213 case TOK_INLINE1:
5214 case TOK_INLINE2:
5215 case TOK_INLINE3:
5216 t |= VT_INLINE;
5217 next();
5218 break;
5219 case TOK_NORETURN3:
5220 next();
5221 ad->f.func_noreturn = 1;
5222 break;
5223 /* GNUC attribute */
5224 case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
5225 case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
5226 parse_attribute(ad);
5227 if (ad->attr_mode) {
5228 u = ad->attr_mode -1;
5229 t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | u;
5231 continue;
5232 /* GNUC typeof */
5233 case TOK_TYPEOF1:
5234 case TOK_TYPEOF2:
5235 case TOK_TYPEOF3:
5236 next();
5237 parse_expr_type(&type1);
5238 /* remove all storage modifiers except typedef */
5239 type1.t &= ~(VT_STORAGE&~VT_TYPEDEF);
5240 if (type1.ref)
5241 sym_to_attr(ad, type1.ref);
5242 goto basic_type2;
5243 default:
5244 if (typespec_found)
5245 goto the_end;
5246 s = sym_find(tok);
5247 if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
5248 goto the_end;
5250 n = tok, next();
5251 if (tok == ':' && !in_generic) {
5252 /* ignore if it's a label */
5253 unget_tok(n);
5254 goto the_end;
5257 t &= ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG);
5258 u = t & ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE), t ^= u;
5259 type->t = (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF) | u;
5260 type->ref = s->type.ref;
5261 if (t)
5262 parse_btype_qualify(type, t);
5263 t = type->t;
5264 /* get attributes from typedef */
5265 sym_to_attr(ad, s);
5266 typespec_found = 1;
5267 st = bt = -2;
5268 break;
5270 type_found = 1;
5272 the_end:
5273 if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
5274 if ((t & (VT_DEFSIGN|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
5275 t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5277 /* VT_LONG is used just as a modifier for VT_INT / VT_LLONG */
5278 bt = t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG);
5279 if (bt == VT_LONG)
5280 t |= LONG_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT;
5281 #ifdef TCC_USING_DOUBLE_FOR_LDOUBLE
5282 if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE)
5283 t = (t & ~(VT_BTYPE|VT_LONG)) | (VT_DOUBLE|VT_LONG);
5284 #endif
5285 type->t = t;
5286 return type_found;
5289 /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
5290 function pointer) */
5291 static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
5293 /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
5294 to indicate a const function parameter */
5295 pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5296 /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
5297 pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
5298 if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
5299 mk_pointer(pt);
5303 ST_FUNC void parse_asm_str(CString *astr)
5305 skip('(');
5306 parse_mult_str(astr, "string constant");
5309 /* Parse an asm label and return the token */
5310 static int asm_label_instr(void)
5312 int v;
5313 CString astr;
5315 next();
5316 parse_asm_str(&astr);
5317 skip(')');
5318 #ifdef ASM_DEBUG
5319 printf("asm_alias: \"%s\"\n", (char *)astr.data);
5320 #endif
5321 v = tok_alloc(astr.data, astr.size - 1)->tok;
5322 cstr_free(&astr);
5323 return v;
5326 static int post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int storage, int td)
5328 int n, l, t1, arg_size, align, unused_align;
5329 Sym **plast, *s, *first;
5330 AttributeDef ad1;
5331 CType pt;
5333 if (tok == '(') {
5334 /* function type, or recursive declarator (return if so) */
5335 next();
5336 if (TYPE_DIRECT == (td & (TYPE_DIRECT|TYPE_ABSTRACT)))
5337 return 0;
5338 if (tok == ')')
5339 l = 0;
5340 else if (parse_btype(&pt, &ad1))
5341 l = FUNC_NEW;
5342 else if (td & (TYPE_DIRECT|TYPE_ABSTRACT)) {
5343 merge_attr (ad, &ad1);
5344 return 0;
5345 } else
5346 l = FUNC_OLD;
5348 first = NULL;
5349 plast = &first;
5350 arg_size = 0;
5351 ++local_scope;
5352 if (l) {
5353 for(;;) {
5354 /* read param name and compute offset */
5355 if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
5356 if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
5357 break;
5358 type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT | TYPE_PARAM);
5359 if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
5360 tcc_error("parameter declared as void");
5361 if (n == 0)
5362 n = SYM_FIELD;
5363 } else {
5364 n = tok;
5365 pt.t = VT_VOID; /* invalid type */
5366 pt.ref = NULL;
5367 next();
5369 if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
5370 expect("identifier");
5371 convert_parameter_type(&pt);
5372 arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + PTR_SIZE - 1) / PTR_SIZE;
5373 s = sym_push(n, &pt, 0, 0);
5374 *plast = s;
5375 plast = &s->next;
5376 if (tok == ')')
5377 break;
5378 skip(',');
5379 if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
5380 l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
5381 next();
5382 break;
5384 if (l == FUNC_NEW && !parse_btype(&pt, &ad1))
5385 tcc_error("invalid type");
5387 } else
5388 /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
5389 l = FUNC_OLD;
5390 skip(')');
5391 /* remove parameter symbols from token table, keep on stack */
5392 if (first) {
5393 sym_pop(local_stack ? &local_stack : &global_stack, first->prev, 1);
5394 for (s = first; s; s = s->next)
5395 s->v |= SYM_FIELD;
5397 --local_scope;
5398 /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
5399 meaning in gcc / C++ */
5400 type->t &= ~VT_CONSTANT;
5401 /* some ancient pre-K&R C allows a function to return an array
5402 and the array brackets to be put after the arguments, such
5403 that "int c()[]" means something like "int[] c()" */
5404 if (tok == '[') {
5405 next();
5406 skip(']'); /* only handle simple "[]" */
5407 mk_pointer(type);
5409 /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
5410 ad->f.func_args = arg_size;
5411 ad->f.func_type = l;
5412 s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, 0);
5413 s->a = ad->a;
5414 s->f = ad->f;
5415 s->next = first;
5416 type->t = VT_FUNC;
5417 type->ref = s;
5418 } else if (tok == '[') {
5419 int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
5420 /* array definition */
5421 next();
5422 n = -1;
5423 t1 = 0;
5424 if (td & TYPE_PARAM) while (1) {
5425 /* XXX The optional type-quals and static should only be accepted
5426 in parameter decls. The '*' as well, and then even only
5427 in prototypes (not function defs). */
5428 switch (tok) {
5429 case TOK_RESTRICT1: case TOK_RESTRICT2: case TOK_RESTRICT3:
5430 case TOK_CONST1:
5431 case TOK_VOLATILE1:
5432 case TOK_STATIC:
5433 case '*':
5434 next();
5435 continue;
5436 default:
5437 break;
5439 if (tok != ']') {
5440 nocode_wanted = 1;
5441 gexpr(), vpop();
5443 break;
5445 } else if (tok != ']') {
5446 if (!local_stack || (storage & VT_STATIC))
5447 vpushi(expr_const());
5448 else {
5449 /* VLAs (which can only happen with local_stack && !VT_STATIC)
5450 length must always be evaluated, even under nocode_wanted,
5451 so that its size slot is initialized (e.g. under sizeof
5452 or typeof). */
5453 nocode_wanted = 0;
5454 gexpr();
5456 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
5457 n = vtop->c.i;
5458 if (n < 0)
5459 tcc_error("invalid array size");
5460 } else {
5461 if (!is_integer_btype(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
5462 tcc_error("size of variable length array should be an integer");
5463 n = 0;
5464 t1 = VT_VLA;
5467 skip(']');
5468 /* parse next post type */
5469 post_type(type, ad, storage, td & ~(TYPE_DIRECT|TYPE_ABSTRACT));
5471 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
5472 tcc_error("declaration of an array of functions");
5473 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID
5474 || type_size(type, &unused_align) < 0)
5475 tcc_error("declaration of an array of incomplete type elements");
5477 t1 |= type->t & VT_VLA;
5479 if (t1 & VT_VLA) {
5480 if (n < 0)
5481 tcc_error("need explicit inner array size in VLAs");
5482 loc -= type_size(&int_type, &align);
5483 loc &= -align;
5484 n = loc;
5486 vpush_type_size(type, &align);
5487 gen_op('*');
5488 vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, n);
5489 vswap();
5490 vstore();
5492 if (n != -1)
5493 vpop();
5494 nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
5496 /* we push an anonymous symbol which will contain the array
5497 element type */
5498 s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
5499 type->t = (t1 ? VT_VLA : VT_ARRAY) | VT_PTR;
5500 type->ref = s;
5502 return 1;
5505 /* Parse a type declarator (except basic type), and return the type
5506 in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
5507 expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
5508 attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
5509 type_decl(). If this (possibly abstract) declarator is a pointer chain
5510 it returns the innermost pointed to type (equals *type, but is a different
5511 pointer), otherwise returns type itself, that's used for recursive calls. */
5512 static CType *type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
5514 CType *post, *ret;
5515 int qualifiers, storage;
5517 /* recursive type, remove storage bits first, apply them later again */
5518 storage = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
5519 type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
5520 post = ret = type;
5522 while (tok == '*') {
5523 qualifiers = 0;
5524 redo:
5525 next();
5526 switch(tok) {
5527 case TOK__Atomic:
5528 qualifiers |= VT_ATOMIC;
5529 goto redo;
5530 case TOK_CONST1:
5531 case TOK_CONST2:
5532 case TOK_CONST3:
5533 qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
5534 goto redo;
5535 case TOK_VOLATILE1:
5536 case TOK_VOLATILE2:
5537 case TOK_VOLATILE3:
5538 qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
5539 goto redo;
5540 case TOK_RESTRICT1:
5541 case TOK_RESTRICT2:
5542 case TOK_RESTRICT3:
5543 goto redo;
5544 /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
5545 case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
5546 case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
5547 parse_attribute(ad);
5548 break;
5550 mk_pointer(type);
5551 type->t |= qualifiers;
5552 if (ret == type)
5553 /* innermost pointed to type is the one for the first derivation */
5554 ret = pointed_type(type);
5557 if (tok == '(') {
5558 /* This is possibly a parameter type list for abstract declarators
5559 ('int ()'), use post_type for testing this. */
5560 if (!post_type(type, ad, 0, td)) {
5561 /* It's not, so it's a nested declarator, and the post operations
5562 apply to the innermost pointed to type (if any). */
5563 /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
5564 the syntax is not clear */
5565 parse_attribute(ad);
5566 post = type_decl(type, ad, v, td);
5567 skip(')');
5568 } else
5569 goto abstract;
5570 } else if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
5571 /* type identifier */
5572 *v = tok;
5573 next();
5574 } else {
5575 abstract:
5576 if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
5577 expect("identifier");
5578 *v = 0;
5580 post_type(post, ad, storage, td & ~(TYPE_DIRECT|TYPE_ABSTRACT));
5581 parse_attribute(ad);
5582 type->t |= storage;
5583 return ret;
5586 /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
5587 ST_FUNC void indir(void)
5589 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
5590 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
5591 return;
5592 expect("pointer");
5594 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)
5595 gv(RC_INT);
5596 vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
5597 /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
5598 if (!(vtop->type.t & (VT_ARRAY | VT_VLA))
5599 && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
5600 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
5601 /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
5602 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
5603 if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
5604 vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
5605 #endif
5609 /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
5610 static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
5612 int func_type;
5613 CType type;
5615 func_type = func->f.func_type;
5616 if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
5617 (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
5618 /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
5619 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
5620 gen_cast_s(VT_DOUBLE);
5621 } else if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
5622 type.t = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5623 type.ref = vtop->type.ref;
5624 gen_cast(&type);
5625 } else if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
5626 force_charshort_cast();
5628 } else if (arg == NULL) {
5629 tcc_error("too many arguments to function");
5630 } else {
5631 type = arg->type;
5632 type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
5633 gen_assign_cast(&type);
5637 /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
5638 static void expr_type(CType *type, void (*expr_fn)(void))
5640 nocode_wanted++;
5641 expr_fn();
5642 *type = vtop->type;
5643 vpop();
5644 nocode_wanted--;
5647 /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
5648 type */
5649 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
5651 int n;
5652 AttributeDef ad;
5654 skip('(');
5655 if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
5656 type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
5657 } else {
5658 expr_type(type, gexpr);
5660 skip(')');
5663 static void parse_type(CType *type)
5665 AttributeDef ad;
5666 int n;
5668 if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
5669 expect("type");
5671 type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
5674 static void parse_builtin_params(int nc, const char *args)
5676 char c, sep = '(';
5677 CType type;
5678 if (nc)
5679 nocode_wanted++;
5680 next();
5681 if (*args == 0)
5682 skip(sep);
5683 while ((c = *args++)) {
5684 skip(sep);
5685 sep = ',';
5686 if (c == 't') {
5687 parse_type(&type);
5688 vpush(&type);
5689 continue;
5691 expr_eq();
5692 type.ref = NULL;
5693 type.t = 0;
5694 switch (c) {
5695 case 'e':
5696 continue;
5697 case 'V':
5698 type.t = VT_CONSTANT;
5699 case 'v':
5700 type.t |= VT_VOID;
5701 mk_pointer (&type);
5702 break;
5703 case 'S':
5704 type.t = VT_CONSTANT;
5705 case 's':
5706 type.t |= char_type.t;
5707 mk_pointer (&type);
5708 break;
5709 case 'i':
5710 type.t = VT_INT;
5711 break;
5712 case 'l':
5713 type.t = VT_SIZE_T;
5714 break;
5715 default:
5716 break;
5718 gen_assign_cast(&type);
5720 skip(')');
5721 if (nc)
5722 nocode_wanted--;
5725 static void parse_atomic(int atok)
5727 int size, align, arg;
5728 CType *atom, *atom_ptr, ct = {0};
5729 char buf[40];
5730 static const char *const templates[] = {
5732 * Each entry consists of callback and function template.
5733 * The template represents argument types and return type.
5735 * ? void (return-only)
5736 * b bool
5737 * a atomic
5738 * A read-only atomic
5739 * p pointer to memory
5740 * v value
5741 * m memory model
5744 /* keep in order of appearance in tcctok.h: */
5745 /* __atomic_store */ "avm.?",
5746 /* __atomic_load */ "Am.v",
5747 /* __atomic_exchange */ "avm.v",
5748 /* __atomic_compare_exchange */ "apvbmm.b",
5749 /* __atomic_fetch_add */ "avm.v",
5750 /* __atomic_fetch_sub */ "avm.v",
5751 /* __atomic_fetch_or */ "avm.v",
5752 /* __atomic_fetch_xor */ "avm.v",
5753 /* __atomic_fetch_and */ "avm.v"
5755 const char *template = templates[(atok - TOK___atomic_store)];
5757 atom = atom_ptr = NULL;
5758 size = 0; /* pacify compiler */
5759 next();
5760 skip('(');
5761 for (arg = 0;;) {
5762 expr_eq();
5763 switch (template[arg]) {
5764 case 'a':
5765 case 'A':
5766 atom_ptr = &vtop->type;
5767 if ((atom_ptr->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
5768 expect("pointer");
5769 atom = pointed_type(atom_ptr);
5770 size = type_size(atom, &align);
5771 if (size > 8
5772 || (size & (size - 1))
5773 || (atok > TOK___atomic_compare_exchange
5774 && (0 == btype_size(atom->t & VT_BTYPE)
5775 || (atom->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)))
5776 expect("integral or integer-sized pointer target type");
5777 /* GCC does not care either: */
5778 /* if (!(atom->t & VT_ATOMIC))
5779 tcc_warning("pointer target declaration is missing '_Atomic'"); */
5780 break;
5782 case 'p':
5783 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR
5784 || type_size(pointed_type(&vtop->type), &align) != size)
5785 tcc_error("pointer target type mismatch in argument %d", arg + 1);
5786 gen_assign_cast(atom_ptr);
5787 break;
5788 case 'v':
5789 gen_assign_cast(atom);
5790 break;
5791 case 'm':
5792 gen_assign_cast(&int_type);
5793 break;
5794 case 'b':
5795 ct.t = VT_BOOL;
5796 gen_assign_cast(&ct);
5797 break;
5799 if ('.' == template[++arg])
5800 break;
5801 skip(',');
5803 skip(')');
5805 ct.t = VT_VOID;
5806 switch (template[arg + 1]) {
5807 case 'b':
5808 ct.t = VT_BOOL;
5809 break;
5810 case 'v':
5811 ct = *atom;
5812 break;
5815 sprintf(buf, "%s_%d", get_tok_str(atok, 0), size);
5816 vpush_helper_func(tok_alloc_const(buf));
5817 vrott(arg + 1);
5818 gfunc_call(arg);
5820 vpush(&ct);
5821 PUT_R_RET(vtop, ct.t);
5822 if (ct.t == VT_BOOL) {
5823 #ifdef PROMOTE_RET
5824 vtop->r |= BFVAL(VT_MUSTCAST, 1);
5825 #else
5826 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5827 #endif
5831 ST_FUNC void unary(void)
5833 int n, t, align, size, r, sizeof_caller;
5834 CType type;
5835 Sym *s;
5836 AttributeDef ad;
5838 /* generate line number info */
5839 if (debug_modes)
5840 tcc_debug_line(tcc_state), tcc_tcov_check_line (1);
5842 sizeof_caller = in_sizeof;
5843 in_sizeof = 0;
5844 type.ref = NULL;
5845 /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
5846 better here */
5847 tok_next:
5848 switch(tok) {
5849 case TOK_EXTENSION:
5850 next();
5851 goto tok_next;
5852 case TOK_LCHAR:
5853 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
5854 t = VT_SHORT|VT_UNSIGNED;
5855 goto push_tokc;
5856 #endif
5857 case TOK_CINT:
5858 case TOK_CCHAR:
5859 t = VT_INT;
5860 push_tokc:
5861 type.t = t;
5862 vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
5863 next();
5864 break;
5865 case TOK_CUINT:
5866 t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
5867 goto push_tokc;
5868 case TOK_CLLONG:
5869 t = VT_LLONG;
5870 goto push_tokc;
5871 case TOK_CULLONG:
5872 t = VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
5873 goto push_tokc;
5874 case TOK_CFLOAT:
5875 t = VT_FLOAT;
5876 goto push_tokc;
5877 case TOK_CDOUBLE:
5878 t = VT_DOUBLE;
5879 goto push_tokc;
5880 case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
5881 t = VT_LDOUBLE;
5882 goto push_tokc;
5883 case TOK_CLONG:
5884 t = (LONG_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT) | VT_LONG;
5885 goto push_tokc;
5886 case TOK_CULONG:
5887 t = (LONG_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT) | VT_LONG | VT_UNSIGNED;
5888 goto push_tokc;
5889 case TOK___FUNCTION__:
5890 if (!gnu_ext)
5891 goto tok_identifier;
5892 /* fall thru */
5893 case TOK___FUNC__:
5895 Section *sec;
5896 int len;
5897 /* special function name identifier */
5898 len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
5899 /* generate char[len] type */
5900 type.t = char_type.t;
5901 if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings & WARN_ON)
5902 type.t |= VT_CONSTANT;
5903 mk_pointer(&type);
5904 type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
5905 type.ref->c = len;
5906 sec = rodata_section;
5907 vpush_ref(&type, sec, sec->data_offset, len);
5908 if (!NODATA_WANTED)
5909 memcpy(section_ptr_add(sec, len), funcname, len);
5910 next();
5912 break;
5913 case TOK_LSTR:
5914 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
5915 t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
5916 #else
5917 t = VT_INT;
5918 #endif
5919 goto str_init;
5920 case TOK_STR:
5921 /* string parsing */
5922 t = char_type.t;
5923 str_init:
5924 if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings & WARN_ON)
5925 t |= VT_CONSTANT;
5926 type.t = t;
5927 mk_pointer(&type);
5928 type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
5929 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
5930 ad.section = rodata_section;
5931 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
5932 break;
5933 case '(':
5934 next();
5935 /* cast ? */
5936 if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
5937 type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
5938 skip(')');
5939 /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
5940 if (tok == '{') {
5941 /* data is allocated locally by default */
5942 if (global_expr)
5943 r = VT_CONST;
5944 else
5945 r = VT_LOCAL;
5946 /* all except arrays are lvalues */
5947 if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
5948 r |= VT_LVAL;
5949 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
5950 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
5951 } else {
5952 if (sizeof_caller) {
5953 vpush(&type);
5954 return;
5956 unary();
5957 gen_cast(&type);
5959 } else if (tok == '{') {
5960 int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
5961 if (const_wanted && !(nocode_wanted & unevalmask))
5962 expect("constant");
5963 if (0 == local_scope)
5964 tcc_error("statement expression outside of function");
5965 /* save all registers */
5966 save_regs(0);
5967 /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
5968 inside as GCC does. We do retain the nocode_wanted state,
5969 as statement expressions can't ever be entered from the
5970 outside, so any reactivation of code emission (from labels
5971 or loop heads) can be disabled again after the end of it. */
5972 block(1);
5973 /* or'ing to keep however possible CODE_OFF() from e.g. "return 0;"
5974 in the statement expression */
5975 nocode_wanted |= saved_nocode_wanted;
5976 skip(')');
5977 } else {
5978 gexpr();
5979 skip(')');
5981 break;
5982 case '*':
5983 next();
5984 unary();
5985 indir();
5986 break;
5987 case '&':
5988 next();
5989 unary();
5990 /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
5991 except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
5992 functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
5993 there and in function calls. */
5994 /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
5995 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
5996 !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY))
5997 test_lvalue();
5998 if (vtop->sym)
5999 vtop->sym->a.addrtaken = 1;
6000 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
6001 gaddrof();
6002 break;
6003 case '!':
6004 next();
6005 unary();
6006 gen_test_zero(TOK_EQ);
6007 break;
6008 case '~':
6009 next();
6010 unary();
6011 vpushi(-1);
6012 gen_op('^');
6013 break;
6014 case '+':
6015 next();
6016 unary();
6017 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
6018 tcc_error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
6019 /* In order to force cast, we add zero, except for floating point
6020 where we really need an noop (otherwise -0.0 will be transformed
6021 into +0.0). */
6022 if (!is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
6023 vpushi(0);
6024 gen_op('+');
6026 break;
6027 case TOK_SIZEOF:
6028 case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
6029 case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
6030 case TOK_ALIGNOF3:
6031 t = tok;
6032 next();
6033 in_sizeof++;
6034 expr_type(&type, unary); /* Perform a in_sizeof = 0; */
6035 if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
6036 vpush_type_size(&type, &align);
6037 gen_cast_s(VT_SIZE_T);
6038 } else {
6039 type_size(&type, &align);
6040 s = NULL;
6041 if (vtop[1].r & VT_SYM)
6042 s = vtop[1].sym; /* hack: accessing previous vtop */
6043 if (s && s->a.aligned)
6044 align = 1 << (s->a.aligned - 1);
6045 vpushs(align);
6047 break;
6049 case TOK_builtin_expect:
6050 /* __builtin_expect is a no-op for now */
6051 parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
6052 vpop();
6053 break;
6054 case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
6055 parse_builtin_params(0, "tt");
6056 vtop[-1].type.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6057 vtop[0].type.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6058 n = is_compatible_types(&vtop[-1].type, &vtop[0].type);
6059 vtop -= 2;
6060 vpushi(n);
6061 break;
6062 case TOK_builtin_choose_expr:
6064 int64_t c;
6065 next();
6066 skip('(');
6067 c = expr_const64();
6068 skip(',');
6069 if (!c) {
6070 nocode_wanted++;
6072 expr_eq();
6073 if (!c) {
6074 vpop();
6075 nocode_wanted--;
6077 skip(',');
6078 if (c) {
6079 nocode_wanted++;
6081 expr_eq();
6082 if (c) {
6083 vpop();
6084 nocode_wanted--;
6086 skip(')');
6088 break;
6089 case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
6090 parse_builtin_params(1, "e");
6091 n = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST &&
6092 !((vtop->r & VT_SYM) && vtop->sym->a.addrtaken);
6093 vtop--;
6094 vpushi(n);
6095 break;
6096 case TOK_builtin_frame_address:
6097 case TOK_builtin_return_address:
6099 int tok1 = tok;
6100 int level;
6101 next();
6102 skip('(');
6103 if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
6104 tcc_error("%s only takes positive integers",
6105 tok1 == TOK_builtin_return_address ?
6106 "__builtin_return_address" :
6107 "__builtin_frame_address");
6109 level = (uint32_t)tokc.i;
6110 next();
6111 skip(')');
6112 type.t = VT_VOID;
6113 mk_pointer(&type);
6114 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL, 0); /* local frame */
6115 while (level--) {
6116 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
6117 vpushi(2*PTR_SIZE);
6118 gen_op('-');
6119 #endif
6120 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
6121 indir(); /* -> parent frame */
6123 if (tok1 == TOK_builtin_return_address) {
6124 // assume return address is just above frame pointer on stack
6125 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
6126 vpushi(2*PTR_SIZE);
6127 gen_op('+');
6128 #elif defined TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
6129 vpushi(PTR_SIZE);
6130 gen_op('-');
6131 #else
6132 vpushi(PTR_SIZE);
6133 gen_op('+');
6134 #endif
6135 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
6136 indir();
6139 break;
6140 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
6141 case TOK_builtin_va_start:
6142 parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
6143 r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
6144 if (r == VT_LLOCAL)
6145 r = VT_LOCAL;
6146 if (r != VT_LOCAL)
6147 tcc_error("__builtin_va_start expects a local variable");
6148 gen_va_start();
6149 vstore();
6150 break;
6151 #endif
6152 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_X86_64
6153 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
6154 case TOK_builtin_va_start:
6155 parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
6156 r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
6157 if (r == VT_LLOCAL)
6158 r = VT_LOCAL;
6159 if (r != VT_LOCAL)
6160 tcc_error("__builtin_va_start expects a local variable");
6161 vtop->r = r;
6162 vtop->type = char_pointer_type;
6163 vtop->c.i += 8;
6164 vstore();
6165 break;
6166 #else
6167 case TOK_builtin_va_arg_types:
6168 parse_builtin_params(0, "t");
6169 vpushi(classify_x86_64_va_arg(&vtop->type));
6170 vswap();
6171 vpop();
6172 break;
6173 #endif
6174 #endif
6176 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
6177 case TOK_builtin_va_start: {
6178 parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
6179 //xx check types
6180 gen_va_start();
6181 vpushi(0);
6182 vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
6183 break;
6185 case TOK_builtin_va_arg: {
6186 parse_builtin_params(0, "et");
6187 type = vtop->type;
6188 vpop();
6189 //xx check types
6190 gen_va_arg(&type);
6191 vtop->type = type;
6192 break;
6194 case TOK___arm64_clear_cache: {
6195 parse_builtin_params(0, "ee");
6196 gen_clear_cache();
6197 vpushi(0);
6198 vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
6199 break;
6201 #endif
6203 /* atomic operations */
6204 case TOK___atomic_store:
6205 case TOK___atomic_load:
6206 case TOK___atomic_exchange:
6207 case TOK___atomic_compare_exchange:
6208 case TOK___atomic_fetch_add:
6209 case TOK___atomic_fetch_sub:
6210 case TOK___atomic_fetch_or:
6211 case TOK___atomic_fetch_xor:
6212 case TOK___atomic_fetch_and:
6213 parse_atomic(tok);
6214 break;
6216 /* pre operations */
6217 case TOK_INC:
6218 case TOK_DEC:
6219 t = tok;
6220 next();
6221 unary();
6222 inc(0, t);
6223 break;
6224 case '-':
6225 next();
6226 unary();
6227 if (is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
6228 gen_opif(TOK_NEG);
6229 } else {
6230 vpushi(0);
6231 vswap();
6232 gen_op('-');
6234 break;
6235 case TOK_LAND:
6236 if (!gnu_ext)
6237 goto tok_identifier;
6238 next();
6239 /* allow to take the address of a label */
6240 if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
6241 expect("label identifier");
6242 s = label_find(tok);
6243 if (!s) {
6244 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
6245 } else {
6246 if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
6247 s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
6249 if (!s->type.t) {
6250 s->type.t = VT_VOID;
6251 mk_pointer(&s->type);
6252 s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
6254 vpushsym(&s->type, s);
6255 next();
6256 break;
6258 case TOK_GENERIC:
6260 CType controlling_type;
6261 int has_default = 0;
6262 int has_match = 0;
6263 int learn = 0;
6264 TokenString *str = NULL;
6265 int saved_const_wanted = const_wanted;
6267 next();
6268 skip('(');
6269 const_wanted = 0;
6270 expr_type(&controlling_type, expr_eq);
6271 controlling_type.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE | VT_ARRAY);
6272 if ((controlling_type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
6273 mk_pointer(&controlling_type);
6274 const_wanted = saved_const_wanted;
6275 for (;;) {
6276 learn = 0;
6277 skip(',');
6278 if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
6279 if (has_default)
6280 tcc_error("too many 'default'");
6281 has_default = 1;
6282 if (!has_match)
6283 learn = 1;
6284 next();
6285 } else {
6286 AttributeDef ad_tmp;
6287 int itmp;
6288 CType cur_type;
6290 in_generic++;
6291 parse_btype(&cur_type, &ad_tmp);
6292 in_generic--;
6294 type_decl(&cur_type, &ad_tmp, &itmp, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
6295 if (compare_types(&controlling_type, &cur_type, 0)) {
6296 if (has_match) {
6297 tcc_error("type match twice");
6299 has_match = 1;
6300 learn = 1;
6303 skip(':');
6304 if (learn) {
6305 if (str)
6306 tok_str_free(str);
6307 skip_or_save_block(&str);
6308 } else {
6309 skip_or_save_block(NULL);
6311 if (tok == ')')
6312 break;
6314 if (!str) {
6315 char buf[60];
6316 type_to_str(buf, sizeof buf, &controlling_type, NULL);
6317 tcc_error("type '%s' does not match any association", buf);
6319 begin_macro(str, 1);
6320 next();
6321 expr_eq();
6322 if (tok != TOK_EOF)
6323 expect(",");
6324 end_macro();
6325 next();
6326 break;
6328 // special qnan , snan and infinity values
6329 case TOK___NAN__:
6330 n = 0x7fc00000;
6331 special_math_val:
6332 vpushi(n);
6333 vtop->type.t = VT_FLOAT;
6334 next();
6335 break;
6336 case TOK___SNAN__:
6337 n = 0x7f800001;
6338 goto special_math_val;
6339 case TOK___INF__:
6340 n = 0x7f800000;
6341 goto special_math_val;
6343 default:
6344 tok_identifier:
6345 t = tok;
6346 next();
6347 if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
6348 expect("identifier");
6349 s = sym_find(t);
6350 if (!s || IS_ASM_SYM(s)) {
6351 const char *name = get_tok_str(t, NULL);
6352 if (tok != '(')
6353 tcc_error("'%s' undeclared", name);
6354 /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
6355 external reference to int() function */
6356 tcc_warning_c(warn_implicit_function_declaration)(
6357 "implicit declaration of function '%s'", name);
6358 s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type);
6361 r = s->r;
6362 /* A symbol that has a register is a local register variable,
6363 which starts out as VT_LOCAL value. */
6364 if ((r & VT_VALMASK) < VT_CONST)
6365 r = (r & ~VT_VALMASK) | VT_LOCAL;
6367 vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
6368 /* Point to s as backpointer (even without r&VT_SYM).
6369 Will be used by at least the x86 inline asm parser for
6370 regvars. */
6371 vtop->sym = s;
6373 if (r & VT_SYM) {
6374 vtop->c.i = 0;
6375 } else if (r == VT_CONST && IS_ENUM_VAL(s->type.t)) {
6376 vtop->c.i = s->enum_val;
6378 break;
6381 /* post operations */
6382 while (1) {
6383 if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
6384 inc(1, tok);
6385 next();
6386 } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW || tok == TOK_CDOUBLE) {
6387 int qualifiers, cumofs = 0;
6388 /* field */
6389 if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
6390 indir();
6391 qualifiers = vtop->type.t & (VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6392 test_lvalue();
6393 gaddrof();
6394 /* expect pointer on structure */
6395 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
6396 expect("struct or union");
6397 if (tok == TOK_CDOUBLE)
6398 expect("field name");
6399 next();
6400 if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
6401 expect("field name");
6402 s = find_field(&vtop->type, tok, &cumofs);
6403 if (!s)
6404 tcc_error("field not found: %s", get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, &tokc));
6405 /* add field offset to pointer */
6406 vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
6407 vpushi(cumofs + s->c);
6408 gen_op('+');
6409 /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
6410 vtop->type = s->type;
6411 vtop->type.t |= qualifiers;
6412 /* an array is never an lvalue */
6413 if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
6414 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
6415 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
6416 /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
6417 if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
6418 vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
6419 #endif
6421 next();
6422 } else if (tok == '[') {
6423 next();
6424 gexpr();
6425 gen_op('+');
6426 indir();
6427 skip(']');
6428 } else if (tok == '(') {
6429 SValue ret;
6430 Sym *sa;
6431 int nb_args, ret_nregs, ret_align, regsize, variadic;
6433 /* function call */
6434 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
6435 /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
6436 if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
6437 vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
6438 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
6439 goto error_func;
6440 } else {
6441 error_func:
6442 expect("function pointer");
6444 } else {
6445 vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
6447 /* get return type */
6448 s = vtop->type.ref;
6449 next();
6450 sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
6451 nb_args = regsize = 0;
6452 ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
6453 /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
6454 if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6455 variadic = (s->f.func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS);
6456 ret_nregs = gfunc_sret(&s->type, variadic, &ret.type,
6457 &ret_align, &regsize);
6458 if (ret_nregs <= 0) {
6459 /* get some space for the returned structure */
6460 size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
6461 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
6462 /* On arm64, a small struct is return in registers.
6463 It is much easier to write it to memory if we know
6464 that we are allowed to write some extra bytes, so
6465 round the allocated space up to a power of 2: */
6466 if (size < 16)
6467 while (size & (size - 1))
6468 size = (size | (size - 1)) + 1;
6469 #endif
6470 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
6471 ret.type = s->type;
6472 ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
6473 /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
6474 problems */
6475 vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
6476 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
6477 if (tcc_state->do_bounds_check)
6478 --loc;
6479 #endif
6480 ret.c = vtop->c;
6481 if (ret_nregs < 0)
6482 vtop--;
6483 else
6484 nb_args++;
6486 } else {
6487 ret_nregs = 1;
6488 ret.type = s->type;
6491 if (ret_nregs > 0) {
6492 /* return in register */
6493 ret.c.i = 0;
6494 PUT_R_RET(&ret, ret.type.t);
6496 if (tok != ')') {
6497 for(;;) {
6498 expr_eq();
6499 gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
6500 nb_args++;
6501 if (sa)
6502 sa = sa->next;
6503 if (tok == ')')
6504 break;
6505 skip(',');
6508 if (sa)
6509 tcc_error("too few arguments to function");
6510 skip(')');
6511 gfunc_call(nb_args);
6513 if (ret_nregs < 0) {
6514 vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
6515 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
6516 arch_transfer_ret_regs(1);
6517 #endif
6518 } else {
6519 /* return value */
6520 for (r = ret.r + ret_nregs + !ret_nregs; r-- > ret.r;) {
6521 vsetc(&ret.type, r, &ret.c);
6522 vtop->r2 = ret.r2; /* Loop only happens when r2 is VT_CONST */
6525 /* handle packed struct return */
6526 if (((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) && ret_nregs) {
6527 int addr, offset;
6529 size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
6530 /* We're writing whole regs often, make sure there's enough
6531 space. Assume register size is power of 2. */
6532 if (regsize > align)
6533 align = regsize;
6534 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
6535 addr = loc;
6536 offset = 0;
6537 for (;;) {
6538 vset(&ret.type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr + offset);
6539 vswap();
6540 vstore();
6541 vtop--;
6542 if (--ret_nregs == 0)
6543 break;
6544 offset += regsize;
6546 vset(&s->type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
6549 /* Promote char/short return values. This is matters only
6550 for calling function that were not compiled by TCC and
6551 only on some architectures. For those where it doesn't
6552 matter we expect things to be already promoted to int,
6553 but not larger. */
6554 t = s->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
6555 if (t == VT_BYTE || t == VT_SHORT || t == VT_BOOL) {
6556 #ifdef PROMOTE_RET
6557 vtop->r |= BFVAL(VT_MUSTCAST, 1);
6558 #else
6559 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6560 #endif
6563 if (s->f.func_noreturn) {
6564 if (debug_modes)
6565 tcc_tcov_block_end (tcov_data.line);
6566 CODE_OFF();
6568 } else {
6569 break;
6574 #ifndef precedence_parser /* original top-down parser */
6576 static void expr_prod(void)
6578 int t;
6580 unary();
6581 while ((t = tok) == '*' || t == '/' || t == '%') {
6582 next();
6583 unary();
6584 gen_op(t);
6588 static void expr_sum(void)
6590 int t;
6592 expr_prod();
6593 while ((t = tok) == '+' || t == '-') {
6594 next();
6595 expr_prod();
6596 gen_op(t);
6600 static void expr_shift(void)
6602 int t;
6604 expr_sum();
6605 while ((t = tok) == TOK_SHL || t == TOK_SAR) {
6606 next();
6607 expr_sum();
6608 gen_op(t);
6612 static void expr_cmp(void)
6614 int t;
6616 expr_shift();
6617 while (((t = tok) >= TOK_ULE && t <= TOK_GT) ||
6618 t == TOK_ULT || t == TOK_UGE) {
6619 next();
6620 expr_shift();
6621 gen_op(t);
6625 static void expr_cmpeq(void)
6627 int t;
6629 expr_cmp();
6630 while ((t = tok) == TOK_EQ || t == TOK_NE) {
6631 next();
6632 expr_cmp();
6633 gen_op(t);
6637 static void expr_and(void)
6639 expr_cmpeq();
6640 while (tok == '&') {
6641 next();
6642 expr_cmpeq();
6643 gen_op('&');
6647 static void expr_xor(void)
6649 expr_and();
6650 while (tok == '^') {
6651 next();
6652 expr_and();
6653 gen_op('^');
6657 static void expr_or(void)
6659 expr_xor();
6660 while (tok == '|') {
6661 next();
6662 expr_xor();
6663 gen_op('|');
6667 static void expr_landor(int op);
6669 static void expr_land(void)
6671 expr_or();
6672 if (tok == TOK_LAND)
6673 expr_landor(tok);
6676 static void expr_lor(void)
6678 expr_land();
6679 if (tok == TOK_LOR)
6680 expr_landor(tok);
6683 # define expr_landor_next(op) op == TOK_LAND ? expr_or() : expr_land()
6684 #else /* defined precedence_parser */
6685 # define expr_landor_next(op) unary(), expr_infix(precedence(op) + 1)
6686 # define expr_lor() unary(), expr_infix(1)
6688 static int precedence(int tok)
6690 switch (tok) {
6691 case TOK_LOR: return 1;
6692 case TOK_LAND: return 2;
6693 case '|': return 3;
6694 case '^': return 4;
6695 case '&': return 5;
6696 case TOK_EQ: case TOK_NE: return 6;
6697 relat: case TOK_ULT: case TOK_UGE: return 7;
6698 case TOK_SHL: case TOK_SAR: return 8;
6699 case '+': case '-': return 9;
6700 case '*': case '/': case '%': return 10;
6701 default:
6702 if (tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT)
6703 goto relat;
6704 return 0;
6707 static unsigned char prec[256];
6708 static void init_prec(void)
6710 int i;
6711 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
6712 prec[i] = precedence(i);
6714 #define precedence(i) ((unsigned)i < 256 ? prec[i] : 0)
6716 static void expr_landor(int op);
6718 static void expr_infix(int p)
6720 int t = tok, p2;
6721 while ((p2 = precedence(t)) >= p) {
6722 if (t == TOK_LOR || t == TOK_LAND) {
6723 expr_landor(t);
6724 } else {
6725 next();
6726 unary();
6727 if (precedence(tok) > p2)
6728 expr_infix(p2 + 1);
6729 gen_op(t);
6731 t = tok;
6734 #endif
6736 /* Assuming vtop is a value used in a conditional context
6737 (i.e. compared with zero) return 0 if it's false, 1 if
6738 true and -1 if it can't be statically determined. */
6739 static int condition_3way(void)
6741 int c = -1;
6742 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST &&
6743 (!(vtop->r & VT_SYM) || !vtop->sym->a.weak)) {
6744 vdup();
6745 gen_cast_s(VT_BOOL);
6746 c = vtop->c.i;
6747 vpop();
6749 return c;
6752 static void expr_landor(int op)
6754 int t = 0, cc = 1, f = 0, i = op == TOK_LAND, c;
6755 for(;;) {
6756 c = f ? i : condition_3way();
6757 if (c < 0)
6758 save_regs(1), cc = 0;
6759 else if (c != i)
6760 nocode_wanted++, f = 1;
6761 if (tok != op)
6762 break;
6763 if (c < 0)
6764 t = gvtst(i, t);
6765 else
6766 vpop();
6767 next();
6768 expr_landor_next(op);
6770 if (cc || f) {
6771 vpop();
6772 vpushi(i ^ f);
6773 gsym(t);
6774 nocode_wanted -= f;
6775 } else {
6776 gvtst_set(i, t);
6780 static int is_cond_bool(SValue *sv)
6782 if ((sv->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST
6783 && (sv->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT)
6784 return (unsigned)sv->c.i < 2;
6785 if (sv->r == VT_CMP)
6786 return 1;
6787 return 0;
6790 static void expr_cond(void)
6792 int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, islv, c, g;
6793 SValue sv;
6794 CType type;
6795 int ncw_prev;
6797 expr_lor();
6798 if (tok == '?') {
6799 next();
6800 c = condition_3way();
6801 g = (tok == ':' && gnu_ext);
6802 tt = 0;
6803 if (!g) {
6804 if (c < 0) {
6805 save_regs(1);
6806 tt = gvtst(1, 0);
6807 } else {
6808 vpop();
6810 } else if (c < 0) {
6811 /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
6812 each branch */
6813 save_regs(1);
6814 gv_dup();
6815 tt = gvtst(0, 0);
6818 ncw_prev = nocode_wanted;
6819 if (c == 0)
6820 nocode_wanted++;
6821 if (!g)
6822 gexpr();
6824 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
6825 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
6826 sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
6827 vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
6829 if (g) {
6830 u = tt;
6831 } else if (c < 0) {
6832 u = gjmp(0);
6833 gsym(tt);
6834 } else
6835 u = 0;
6837 nocode_wanted = ncw_prev;
6838 if (c == 1)
6839 nocode_wanted++;
6840 skip(':');
6841 expr_cond();
6843 if (c < 0 && is_cond_bool(vtop) && is_cond_bool(&sv)) {
6844 /* optimize "if (f ? a > b : c || d) ..." for example, where normally
6845 "a < b" and "c || d" would be forced to "(int)0/1" first, whereas
6846 this code jumps directly to the if's then/else branches. */
6847 t1 = gvtst(0, 0);
6848 t2 = gjmp(0);
6849 gsym(u);
6850 vpushv(&sv);
6851 /* combine jump targets of 2nd op with VT_CMP of 1st op */
6852 gvtst_set(0, t1);
6853 gvtst_set(1, t2);
6854 nocode_wanted = ncw_prev;
6855 // tcc_warning("two conditions expr_cond");
6856 return;
6859 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
6860 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
6862 /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
6863 if (!combine_types(&type, &sv, vtop, '?'))
6864 type_incompatibility_error(&sv.type, &vtop->type,
6865 "type mismatch in conditional expression (have '%s' and '%s')");
6866 /* keep structs lvalue by transforming `(expr ? a : b)` to `*(expr ? &a : &b)` so
6867 that `(expr ? a : b).mem` does not error with "lvalue expected" */
6868 islv = (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && (sv.r & VT_LVAL) && VT_STRUCT == (type.t & VT_BTYPE);
6870 /* now we convert second operand */
6871 if (c != 1) {
6872 gen_cast(&type);
6873 if (islv) {
6874 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
6875 gaddrof();
6876 } else if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
6877 gaddrof();
6880 rc = RC_TYPE(type.t);
6881 /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
6882 to handle a complicated move */
6883 if (USING_TWO_WORDS(type.t))
6884 rc = RC_RET(type.t);
6886 tt = r2 = 0;
6887 if (c < 0) {
6888 r2 = gv(rc);
6889 tt = gjmp(0);
6891 gsym(u);
6892 nocode_wanted = ncw_prev;
6894 /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
6895 operand */
6896 if (c != 0) {
6897 *vtop = sv;
6898 gen_cast(&type);
6899 if (islv) {
6900 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
6901 gaddrof();
6902 } else if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
6903 gaddrof();
6906 if (c < 0) {
6907 r1 = gv(rc);
6908 move_reg(r2, r1, islv ? VT_PTR : type.t);
6909 vtop->r = r2;
6910 gsym(tt);
6913 if (islv)
6914 indir();
6918 static void expr_eq(void)
6920 int t;
6922 expr_cond();
6923 if ((t = tok) == '=' || TOK_ASSIGN(t)) {
6924 test_lvalue();
6925 next();
6926 if (t == '=') {
6927 expr_eq();
6928 } else {
6929 vdup();
6930 expr_eq();
6931 gen_op(TOK_ASSIGN_OP(t));
6933 vstore();
6937 ST_FUNC void gexpr(void)
6939 while (1) {
6940 expr_eq();
6941 if (tok != ',')
6942 break;
6943 vpop();
6944 next();
6948 /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop. */
6949 static void expr_const1(void)
6951 const_wanted++;
6952 nocode_wanted += unevalmask + 1;
6953 expr_cond();
6954 nocode_wanted -= unevalmask + 1;
6955 const_wanted--;
6958 /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
6959 static inline int64_t expr_const64(void)
6961 int64_t c;
6962 expr_const1();
6963 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
6964 expect("constant expression");
6965 c = vtop->c.i;
6966 vpop();
6967 return c;
6970 /* parse an integer constant and return its value.
6971 Complain if it doesn't fit 32bit (signed or unsigned). */
6972 ST_FUNC int expr_const(void)
6974 int c;
6975 int64_t wc = expr_const64();
6976 c = wc;
6977 if (c != wc && (unsigned)c != wc)
6978 tcc_error("constant exceeds 32 bit");
6979 return c;
6982 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
6983 /* return from function */
6985 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM64
6986 static void gfunc_return(CType *func_type)
6988 if ((func_type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6989 CType type, ret_type;
6990 int ret_align, ret_nregs, regsize;
6991 ret_nregs = gfunc_sret(func_type, func_var, &ret_type,
6992 &ret_align, &regsize);
6993 if (ret_nregs < 0) {
6994 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_RISCV64
6995 arch_transfer_ret_regs(0);
6996 #endif
6997 } else if (0 == ret_nregs) {
6998 /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
6999 first pointer arg location */
7000 type = *func_type;
7001 mk_pointer(&type);
7002 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
7003 indir();
7004 vswap();
7005 /* copy structure value to pointer */
7006 vstore();
7007 } else {
7008 /* returning structure packed into registers */
7009 int size, addr, align, rc;
7010 size = type_size(func_type,&align);
7011 if ((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) ||
7012 (vtop->c.i & (ret_align-1)))
7013 && (align & (ret_align-1))) {
7014 loc = (loc - size) & -ret_align;
7015 addr = loc;
7016 type = *func_type;
7017 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
7018 vswap();
7019 vstore();
7020 vpop();
7021 vset(&ret_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
7023 vtop->type = ret_type;
7024 rc = RC_RET(ret_type.t);
7025 if (ret_nregs == 1)
7026 gv(rc);
7027 else {
7028 for (;;) {
7029 vdup();
7030 gv(rc);
7031 vpop();
7032 if (--ret_nregs == 0)
7033 break;
7034 /* We assume that when a structure is returned in multiple
7035 registers, their classes are consecutive values of the
7036 suite s(n) = 2^n */
7037 rc <<= 1;
7038 vtop->c.i += regsize;
7042 } else {
7043 gv(RC_RET(func_type->t));
7045 vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
7047 #endif
7049 static void check_func_return(void)
7051 if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
7052 return;
7053 if (!strcmp (funcname, "main")
7054 && (func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
7055 /* main returns 0 by default */
7056 vpushi(0);
7057 gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
7058 gfunc_return(&func_vt);
7059 } else {
7060 tcc_warning("function might return no value: '%s'", funcname);
7064 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7065 /* switch/case */
7067 static int case_cmpi(const void *pa, const void *pb)
7069 int64_t a = (*(struct case_t**) pa)->v1;
7070 int64_t b = (*(struct case_t**) pb)->v1;
7071 return a < b ? -1 : a > b;
7074 static int case_cmpu(const void *pa, const void *pb)
7076 uint64_t a = (uint64_t)(*(struct case_t**) pa)->v1;
7077 uint64_t b = (uint64_t)(*(struct case_t**) pb)->v1;
7078 return a < b ? -1 : a > b;
7081 static void gtst_addr(int t, int a)
7083 gsym_addr(gvtst(0, t), a);
7086 static void gcase(struct case_t **base, int len, int *bsym)
7088 struct case_t *p;
7089 int e;
7090 int ll = (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG;
7091 while (len > 8) {
7092 /* binary search */
7093 p = base[len/2];
7094 vdup();
7095 if (ll)
7096 vpushll(p->v2);
7097 else
7098 vpushi(p->v2);
7099 gen_op(TOK_LE);
7100 e = gvtst(1, 0);
7101 vdup();
7102 if (ll)
7103 vpushll(p->v1);
7104 else
7105 vpushi(p->v1);
7106 gen_op(TOK_GE);
7107 gtst_addr(0, p->sym); /* v1 <= x <= v2 */
7108 /* x < v1 */
7109 gcase(base, len/2, bsym);
7110 /* x > v2 */
7111 gsym(e);
7112 e = len/2 + 1;
7113 base += e; len -= e;
7115 /* linear scan */
7116 while (len--) {
7117 p = *base++;
7118 vdup();
7119 if (ll)
7120 vpushll(p->v2);
7121 else
7122 vpushi(p->v2);
7123 if (p->v1 == p->v2) {
7124 gen_op(TOK_EQ);
7125 gtst_addr(0, p->sym);
7126 } else {
7127 gen_op(TOK_LE);
7128 e = gvtst(1, 0);
7129 vdup();
7130 if (ll)
7131 vpushll(p->v1);
7132 else
7133 vpushi(p->v1);
7134 gen_op(TOK_GE);
7135 gtst_addr(0, p->sym);
7136 gsym(e);
7139 *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
7142 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7143 /* __attribute__((cleanup(fn))) */
7145 static void try_call_scope_cleanup(Sym *stop)
7147 Sym *cls = cur_scope->cl.s;
7149 for (; cls != stop; cls = cls->ncl) {
7150 Sym *fs = cls->next;
7151 Sym *vs = cls->prev_tok;
7153 vpushsym(&fs->type, fs);
7154 vset(&vs->type, vs->r, vs->c);
7155 vtop->sym = vs;
7156 mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
7157 gaddrof();
7158 gfunc_call(1);
7162 static void try_call_cleanup_goto(Sym *cleanupstate)
7164 Sym *oc, *cc;
7165 int ocd, ccd;
7167 if (!cur_scope->cl.s)
7168 return;
7170 /* search NCA of both cleanup chains given parents and initial depth */
7171 ocd = cleanupstate ? cleanupstate->v & ~SYM_FIELD : 0;
7172 for (ccd = cur_scope->cl.n, oc = cleanupstate; ocd > ccd; --ocd, oc = oc->ncl)
7174 for (cc = cur_scope->cl.s; ccd > ocd; --ccd, cc = cc->ncl)
7176 for (; cc != oc; cc = cc->ncl, oc = oc->ncl, --ccd)
7179 try_call_scope_cleanup(cc);
7182 /* call 'func' for each __attribute__((cleanup(func))) */
7183 static void block_cleanup(struct scope *o)
7185 int jmp = 0;
7186 Sym *g, **pg;
7187 for (pg = &pending_gotos; (g = *pg) && g->c > o->cl.n;) {
7188 if (g->prev_tok->r & LABEL_FORWARD) {
7189 Sym *pcl = g->next;
7190 if (!jmp)
7191 jmp = gjmp(0);
7192 gsym(pcl->jnext);
7193 try_call_scope_cleanup(o->cl.s);
7194 pcl->jnext = gjmp(0);
7195 if (!o->cl.n)
7196 goto remove_pending;
7197 g->c = o->cl.n;
7198 pg = &g->prev;
7199 } else {
7200 remove_pending:
7201 *pg = g->prev;
7202 sym_free(g);
7205 gsym(jmp);
7206 try_call_scope_cleanup(o->cl.s);
7209 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7210 /* VLA */
7212 static void vla_restore(int loc)
7214 if (loc)
7215 gen_vla_sp_restore(loc);
7218 static void vla_leave(struct scope *o)
7220 struct scope *c = cur_scope, *v = NULL;
7221 for (; c != o && c; c = c->prev)
7222 if (c->vla.num)
7223 v = c;
7224 if (v)
7225 vla_restore(v->vla.locorig);
7228 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7229 /* local scopes */
7231 static void new_scope(struct scope *o)
7233 /* copy and link previous scope */
7234 *o = *cur_scope;
7235 o->prev = cur_scope;
7236 cur_scope = o;
7237 cur_scope->vla.num = 0;
7239 /* record local declaration stack position */
7240 o->lstk = local_stack;
7241 o->llstk = local_label_stack;
7242 ++local_scope;
7244 if (debug_modes)
7245 tcc_debug_stabn(tcc_state, N_LBRAC, ind - func_ind);
7248 static void prev_scope(struct scope *o, int is_expr)
7250 vla_leave(o->prev);
7252 if (o->cl.s != o->prev->cl.s)
7253 block_cleanup(o->prev);
7255 /* pop locally defined labels */
7256 label_pop(&local_label_stack, o->llstk, is_expr);
7258 /* In the is_expr case (a statement expression is finished here),
7259 vtop might refer to symbols on the local_stack. Either via the
7260 type or via vtop->sym. We can't pop those nor any that in turn
7261 might be referred to. To make it easier we don't roll back
7262 any symbols in that case; some upper level call to block() will
7263 do that. We do have to remove such symbols from the lookup
7264 tables, though. sym_pop will do that. */
7266 /* pop locally defined symbols */
7267 pop_local_syms(o->lstk, is_expr);
7268 cur_scope = o->prev;
7269 --local_scope;
7271 if (debug_modes)
7272 tcc_debug_stabn(tcc_state, N_RBRAC, ind - func_ind);
7275 /* leave a scope via break/continue(/goto) */
7276 static void leave_scope(struct scope *o)
7278 if (!o)
7279 return;
7280 try_call_scope_cleanup(o->cl.s);
7281 vla_leave(o);
7284 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
7285 /* call block from 'for do while' loops */
7287 static void lblock(int *bsym, int *csym)
7289 struct scope *lo = loop_scope, *co = cur_scope;
7290 int *b = co->bsym, *c = co->csym;
7291 if (csym) {
7292 co->csym = csym;
7293 loop_scope = co;
7295 co->bsym = bsym;
7296 block(0);
7297 co->bsym = b;
7298 if (csym) {
7299 co->csym = c;
7300 loop_scope = lo;
7304 static void block(int is_expr)
7306 int a, b, c, d, e, t;
7307 struct scope o;
7308 Sym *s;
7310 if (is_expr) {
7311 /* default return value is (void) */
7312 vpushi(0);
7313 vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
7316 again:
7317 t = tok;
7318 /* If the token carries a value, next() might destroy it. Only with
7319 invalid code such as f(){"123"4;} */
7320 if (TOK_HAS_VALUE(t))
7321 goto expr;
7322 next();
7324 if (debug_modes)
7325 tcc_tcov_check_line (0), tcc_tcov_block_begin ();
7327 if (t == TOK_IF) {
7328 skip('(');
7329 gexpr();
7330 skip(')');
7331 a = gvtst(1, 0);
7332 block(0);
7333 if (tok == TOK_ELSE) {
7334 d = gjmp(0);
7335 gsym(a);
7336 next();
7337 block(0);
7338 gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
7339 } else {
7340 gsym(a);
7343 } else if (t == TOK_WHILE) {
7344 d = gind();
7345 skip('(');
7346 gexpr();
7347 skip(')');
7348 a = gvtst(1, 0);
7349 b = 0;
7350 lblock(&a, &b);
7351 gjmp_addr(d);
7352 gsym_addr(b, d);
7353 gsym(a);
7355 } else if (t == '{') {
7356 new_scope(&o);
7358 /* handle local labels declarations */
7359 while (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
7360 do {
7361 next();
7362 if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
7363 expect("label identifier");
7364 label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
7365 next();
7366 } while (tok == ',');
7367 skip(';');
7370 while (tok != '}') {
7371 decl(VT_LOCAL);
7372 if (tok != '}') {
7373 if (is_expr)
7374 vpop();
7375 block(is_expr);
7379 prev_scope(&o, is_expr);
7380 if (local_scope)
7381 next();
7382 else if (!nocode_wanted)
7383 check_func_return();
7385 } else if (t == TOK_RETURN) {
7386 b = (func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID;
7387 if (tok != ';') {
7388 gexpr();
7389 if (b) {
7390 gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
7391 } else {
7392 if (vtop->type.t != VT_VOID)
7393 tcc_warning("void function returns a value");
7394 vtop--;
7396 } else if (b) {
7397 tcc_warning("'return' with no value");
7398 b = 0;
7400 leave_scope(root_scope);
7401 if (b)
7402 gfunc_return(&func_vt);
7403 skip(';');
7404 /* jump unless last stmt in top-level block */
7405 if (tok != '}' || local_scope != 1)
7406 rsym = gjmp(rsym);
7407 if (debug_modes)
7408 tcc_tcov_block_end (tcov_data.line);
7409 CODE_OFF();
7411 } else if (t == TOK_BREAK) {
7412 /* compute jump */
7413 if (!cur_scope->bsym)
7414 tcc_error("cannot break");
7415 if (cur_switch && cur_scope->bsym == cur_switch->bsym)
7416 leave_scope(cur_switch->scope);
7417 else
7418 leave_scope(loop_scope);
7419 *cur_scope->bsym = gjmp(*cur_scope->bsym);
7420 skip(';');
7422 } else if (t == TOK_CONTINUE) {
7423 /* compute jump */
7424 if (!cur_scope->csym)
7425 tcc_error("cannot continue");
7426 leave_scope(loop_scope);
7427 *cur_scope->csym = gjmp(*cur_scope->csym);
7428 skip(';');
7430 } else if (t == TOK_FOR) {
7431 new_scope(&o);
7433 skip('(');
7434 if (tok != ';') {
7435 /* c99 for-loop init decl? */
7436 if (!decl0(VT_LOCAL, 1, NULL)) {
7437 /* no, regular for-loop init expr */
7438 gexpr();
7439 vpop();
7442 skip(';');
7443 a = b = 0;
7444 c = d = gind();
7445 if (tok != ';') {
7446 gexpr();
7447 a = gvtst(1, 0);
7449 skip(';');
7450 if (tok != ')') {
7451 e = gjmp(0);
7452 d = gind();
7453 gexpr();
7454 vpop();
7455 gjmp_addr(c);
7456 gsym(e);
7458 skip(')');
7459 lblock(&a, &b);
7460 gjmp_addr(d);
7461 gsym_addr(b, d);
7462 gsym(a);
7463 prev_scope(&o, 0);
7465 } else if (t == TOK_DO) {
7466 a = b = 0;
7467 d = gind();
7468 lblock(&a, &b);
7469 gsym(b);
7470 skip(TOK_WHILE);
7471 skip('(');
7472 gexpr();
7473 skip(')');
7474 skip(';');
7475 c = gvtst(0, 0);
7476 gsym_addr(c, d);
7477 gsym(a);
7479 } else if (t == TOK_SWITCH) {
7480 struct switch_t *sw;
7482 sw = tcc_mallocz(sizeof *sw);
7483 sw->bsym = &a;
7484 sw->scope = cur_scope;
7485 sw->prev = cur_switch;
7486 cur_switch = sw;
7488 skip('(');
7489 gexpr();
7490 skip(')');
7491 sw->sv = *vtop--; /* save switch value */
7493 a = 0;
7494 b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
7495 lblock(&a, NULL);
7496 a = gjmp(a); /* add implicit break */
7497 /* case lookup */
7498 gsym(b);
7500 if (sw->sv.type.t & VT_UNSIGNED)
7501 qsort(sw->p, sw->n, sizeof(void*), case_cmpu);
7502 else
7503 qsort(sw->p, sw->n, sizeof(void*), case_cmpi);
7505 for (b = 1; b < sw->n; b++)
7506 if (sw->sv.type.t & VT_UNSIGNED
7507 ? (uint64_t)sw->p[b - 1]->v2 >= (uint64_t)sw->p[b]->v1
7508 : sw->p[b - 1]->v2 >= sw->p[b]->v1)
7509 tcc_error("duplicate case value");
7511 vpushv(&sw->sv);
7512 gv(RC_INT);
7513 d = 0, gcase(sw->p, sw->n, &d);
7514 vpop();
7515 if (sw->def_sym)
7516 gsym_addr(d, sw->def_sym);
7517 else
7518 gsym(d);
7519 /* break label */
7520 gsym(a);
7522 dynarray_reset(&sw->p, &sw->n);
7523 cur_switch = sw->prev;
7524 tcc_free(sw);
7526 } else if (t == TOK_CASE) {
7527 struct case_t *cr = tcc_malloc(sizeof(struct case_t));
7528 if (!cur_switch)
7529 expect("switch");
7530 cr->v1 = cr->v2 = expr_const64();
7531 if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
7532 next();
7533 cr->v2 = expr_const64();
7534 if ((!(cur_switch->sv.type.t & VT_UNSIGNED) && cr->v2 < cr->v1)
7535 || (cur_switch->sv.type.t & VT_UNSIGNED && (uint64_t)cr->v2 < (uint64_t)cr->v1))
7536 tcc_warning("empty case range");
7538 tcov_data.ind = 0;
7539 cr->sym = gind();
7540 dynarray_add(&cur_switch->p, &cur_switch->n, cr);
7541 skip(':');
7542 is_expr = 0;
7543 goto block_after_label;
7545 } else if (t == TOK_DEFAULT) {
7546 if (!cur_switch)
7547 expect("switch");
7548 if (cur_switch->def_sym)
7549 tcc_error("too many 'default'");
7550 tcov_data.ind = 0;
7551 cur_switch->def_sym = gind();
7552 skip(':');
7553 is_expr = 0;
7554 goto block_after_label;
7556 } else if (t == TOK_GOTO) {
7557 if (cur_scope->vla.num)
7558 vla_restore(cur_scope->vla.locorig);
7559 if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
7560 /* computed goto */
7561 next();
7562 gexpr();
7563 if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
7564 expect("pointer");
7565 ggoto();
7567 } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
7568 s = label_find(tok);
7569 /* put forward definition if needed */
7570 if (!s)
7571 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
7572 else if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
7573 s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
7575 if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD) {
7576 /* start new goto chain for cleanups, linked via label->next */
7577 if (cur_scope->cl.s && !nocode_wanted) {
7578 sym_push2(&pending_gotos, SYM_FIELD, 0, cur_scope->cl.n);
7579 pending_gotos->prev_tok = s;
7580 s = sym_push2(&s->next, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
7581 pending_gotos->next = s;
7583 s->jnext = gjmp(s->jnext);
7584 } else {
7585 try_call_cleanup_goto(s->cleanupstate);
7586 gjmp_addr(s->jnext);
7588 next();
7590 } else {
7591 expect("label identifier");
7593 skip(';');
7595 } else if (t == TOK_ASM1 || t == TOK_ASM2 || t == TOK_ASM3) {
7596 asm_instr();
7598 } else {
7599 if (tok == ':' && t >= TOK_UIDENT) {
7600 /* label case */
7601 next();
7602 s = label_find(t);
7603 if (s) {
7604 if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
7605 tcc_error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
7606 s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
7607 if (s->next) {
7608 Sym *pcl; /* pending cleanup goto */
7609 for (pcl = s->next; pcl; pcl = pcl->prev)
7610 gsym(pcl->jnext);
7611 sym_pop(&s->next, NULL, 0);
7612 } else
7613 gsym(s->jnext);
7614 } else {
7615 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, t, LABEL_DEFINED);
7617 s->jnext = gind();
7618 s->cleanupstate = cur_scope->cl.s;
7620 block_after_label:
7621 vla_restore(cur_scope->vla.loc);
7622 if (tok != '}')
7623 goto again;
7624 /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
7625 tcc_warning_c(warn_all)("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
7627 } else {
7628 /* expression case */
7629 if (t != ';') {
7630 unget_tok(t);
7631 expr:
7632 if (is_expr) {
7633 vpop();
7634 gexpr();
7635 } else {
7636 gexpr();
7637 vpop();
7639 skip(';');
7644 if (debug_modes)
7645 tcc_tcov_check_line (0), tcc_tcov_block_end (0);
7648 /* This skips over a stream of tokens containing balanced {} and ()
7649 pairs, stopping at outer ',' ';' and '}' (or matching '}' if we started
7650 with a '{'). If STR then allocates and stores the skipped tokens
7651 in *STR. This doesn't check if () and {} are nested correctly,
7652 i.e. "({)}" is accepted. */
7653 static void skip_or_save_block(TokenString **str)
7655 int braces = tok == '{';
7656 int level = 0;
7657 if (str)
7658 *str = tok_str_alloc();
7660 while ((level > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',' && tok != ';' && tok != ')'))) {
7661 int t;
7662 if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
7663 if (str || level > 0)
7664 tcc_error("unexpected end of file");
7665 else
7666 break;
7668 if (str)
7669 tok_str_add_tok(*str);
7670 t = tok;
7671 next();
7672 if (t == '{' || t == '(') {
7673 level++;
7674 } else if (t == '}' || t == ')') {
7675 level--;
7676 if (level == 0 && braces && t == '}')
7677 break;
7680 if (str) {
7681 tok_str_add(*str, -1);
7682 tok_str_add(*str, 0);
7686 #define EXPR_CONST 1
7687 #define EXPR_ANY 2
7689 static void parse_init_elem(int expr_type)
7691 int saved_global_expr;
7692 switch(expr_type) {
7693 case EXPR_CONST:
7694 /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
7695 saved_global_expr = global_expr;
7696 global_expr = 1;
7697 expr_const1();
7698 global_expr = saved_global_expr;
7699 /* NOTE: symbols are accepted, as well as lvalue for anon symbols
7700 (compound literals). */
7701 if (((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST
7702 && ((vtop->r & (VT_SYM|VT_LVAL)) != (VT_SYM|VT_LVAL)
7703 || vtop->sym->v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM))
7704 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
7705 || ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) && vtop->sym->a.dllimport)
7706 #endif
7708 tcc_error("initializer element is not constant");
7709 break;
7710 case EXPR_ANY:
7711 expr_eq();
7712 break;
7716 #if 1
7717 static void init_assert(init_params *p, int offset)
7719 if (p->sec ? !NODATA_WANTED && offset > p->sec->data_offset
7720 : !nocode_wanted && offset > p->local_offset)
7721 tcc_internal_error("initializer overflow");
7723 #else
7724 #define init_assert(sec, offset)
7725 #endif
7727 /* put zeros for variable based init */
7728 static void init_putz(init_params *p, unsigned long c, int size)
7730 init_assert(p, c + size);
7731 if (p->sec) {
7732 /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
7733 } else {
7734 vpush_helper_func(TOK_memset);
7735 vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
7736 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
7737 vpushs(size);
7738 vpushi(0);
7739 #else
7740 vpushi(0);
7741 vpushs(size);
7742 #endif
7743 gfunc_call(3);
7747 #define DIF_FIRST 1
7748 #define DIF_SIZE_ONLY 2
7749 #define DIF_HAVE_ELEM 4
7750 #define DIF_CLEAR 8
7752 /* delete relocations for specified range c ... c + size. Unfortunatly
7753 in very special cases, relocations may occur unordered */
7754 static void decl_design_delrels(Section *sec, int c, int size)
7756 ElfW_Rel *rel, *rel2, *rel_end;
7757 if (!sec || !sec->reloc)
7758 return;
7759 rel = rel2 = (ElfW_Rel*)sec->reloc->data;
7760 rel_end = (ElfW_Rel*)(sec->reloc->data + sec->reloc->data_offset);
7761 while (rel < rel_end) {
7762 if (rel->r_offset >= c && rel->r_offset < c + size) {
7763 sec->reloc->data_offset -= sizeof *rel;
7764 } else {
7765 if (rel2 != rel)
7766 memcpy(rel2, rel, sizeof *rel);
7767 ++rel2;
7769 ++rel;
7773 static void decl_design_flex(init_params *p, Sym *ref, int index)
7775 if (ref == p->flex_array_ref) {
7776 if (index >= ref->c)
7777 ref->c = index + 1;
7778 } else if (ref->c < 0)
7779 tcc_error("flexible array has zero size in this context");
7782 /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
7783 address. cur_field is the pointer to the current
7784 field, for arrays the 'c' member contains the current start
7785 index. 'flags' is as in decl_initializer.
7786 'al' contains the already initialized length of the
7787 current container (starting at c). This returns the new length of that. */
7788 static int decl_designator(init_params *p, CType *type, unsigned long c,
7789 Sym **cur_field, int flags, int al)
7791 Sym *s, *f;
7792 int index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
7793 unsigned long corig = c;
7795 elem_size = 0;
7796 nb_elems = 1;
7798 if (flags & DIF_HAVE_ELEM)
7799 goto no_designator;
7801 if (gnu_ext && tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
7802 l = tok, next();
7803 if (tok == ':')
7804 goto struct_field;
7805 unget_tok(l);
7808 /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
7809 while (nb_elems == 1 && (tok == '[' || tok == '.')) {
7810 if (tok == '[') {
7811 if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
7812 expect("array type");
7813 next();
7814 index = index_last = expr_const();
7815 if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
7816 next();
7817 index_last = expr_const();
7819 skip(']');
7820 s = type->ref;
7821 decl_design_flex(p, s, index_last);
7822 if (index < 0 || index_last >= s->c || index_last < index)
7823 tcc_error("index exceeds array bounds or range is empty");
7824 if (cur_field)
7825 (*cur_field)->c = index_last;
7826 type = pointed_type(type);
7827 elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
7828 c += index * elem_size;
7829 nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
7830 } else {
7831 int cumofs;
7832 next();
7833 l = tok;
7834 struct_field:
7835 next();
7836 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
7837 expect("struct/union type");
7838 cumofs = 0;
7839 f = find_field(type, l, &cumofs);
7840 if (!f)
7841 expect("field");
7842 if (cur_field)
7843 *cur_field = f;
7844 type = &f->type;
7845 c += cumofs + f->c;
7847 cur_field = NULL;
7849 if (!cur_field) {
7850 if (tok == '=') {
7851 next();
7852 } else if (!gnu_ext) {
7853 expect("=");
7855 } else {
7856 no_designator:
7857 if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
7858 index = (*cur_field)->c;
7859 s = type->ref;
7860 decl_design_flex(p, s, index);
7861 if (index >= s->c)
7862 tcc_error("too many initializers");
7863 type = pointed_type(type);
7864 elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
7865 c += index * elem_size;
7866 } else {
7867 f = *cur_field;
7868 while (f && (f->v & SYM_FIRST_ANOM) && (f->type.t & VT_BITFIELD))
7869 *cur_field = f = f->next;
7870 if (!f)
7871 tcc_error("too many initializers");
7872 type = &f->type;
7873 c += f->c;
7877 if (!elem_size) /* for structs */
7878 elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
7880 /* Using designators the same element can be initialized more
7881 than once. In that case we need to delete possibly already
7882 existing relocations. */
7883 if (!(flags & DIF_SIZE_ONLY) && c - corig < al) {
7884 decl_design_delrels(p->sec, c, elem_size * nb_elems);
7885 flags &= ~DIF_CLEAR; /* mark stack dirty too */
7888 decl_initializer(p, type, c, flags & ~DIF_FIRST);
7890 if (!(flags & DIF_SIZE_ONLY) && nb_elems > 1) {
7891 Sym aref = {0};
7892 CType t1;
7893 int i;
7894 if (p->sec || (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
7895 /* make init_putv/vstore believe it were a struct */
7896 aref.c = elem_size;
7897 t1.t = VT_STRUCT, t1.ref = &aref;
7898 type = &t1;
7900 if (p->sec)
7901 vpush_ref(type, p->sec, c, elem_size);
7902 else
7903 vset(type, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
7904 for (i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
7905 vdup();
7906 init_putv(p, type, c + elem_size * i);
7908 vpop();
7911 c += nb_elems * elem_size;
7912 if (c - corig > al)
7913 al = c - corig;
7914 return al;
7917 /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
7918 static void init_putv(init_params *p, CType *type, unsigned long c)
7920 int bt;
7921 void *ptr;
7922 CType dtype;
7923 int size, align;
7924 Section *sec = p->sec;
7925 uint64_t val;
7927 dtype = *type;
7928 dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
7930 size = type_size(type, &align);
7931 if (type->t & VT_BITFIELD)
7932 size = (BIT_POS(type->t) + BIT_SIZE(type->t) + 7) / 8;
7933 init_assert(p, c + size);
7935 if (sec) {
7936 /* XXX: not portable */
7937 /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
7938 gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
7939 bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
7941 if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM)
7942 && bt != VT_PTR
7943 && (bt != (PTR_SIZE == 8 ? VT_LLONG : VT_INT)
7944 || (type->t & VT_BITFIELD))
7945 && !((vtop->r & VT_CONST) && vtop->sym->v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
7947 tcc_error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
7949 if (NODATA_WANTED) {
7950 vtop--;
7951 return;
7954 ptr = sec->data + c;
7955 val = vtop->c.i;
7957 /* XXX: make code faster ? */
7958 if ((vtop->r & (VT_SYM|VT_CONST)) == (VT_SYM|VT_CONST) &&
7959 vtop->sym->v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM &&
7960 /* XXX This rejects compound literals like
7961 '(void *){ptr}'. The problem is that '&sym' is
7962 represented the same way, which would be ruled out
7963 by the SYM_FIRST_ANOM check above, but also '"string"'
7964 in 'char *p = "string"' is represented the same
7965 with the type being VT_PTR and the symbol being an
7966 anonymous one. That is, there's no difference in vtop
7967 between '(void *){x}' and '&(void *){x}'. Ignore
7968 pointer typed entities here. Hopefully no real code
7969 will ever use compound literals with scalar type. */
7970 (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
7971 /* These come from compound literals, memcpy stuff over. */
7972 Section *ssec;
7973 ElfSym *esym;
7974 ElfW_Rel *rel;
7975 esym = elfsym(vtop->sym);
7976 ssec = tcc_state->sections[esym->st_shndx];
7977 memmove (ptr, ssec->data + esym->st_value + (int)vtop->c.i, size);
7978 if (ssec->reloc) {
7979 /* We need to copy over all memory contents, and that
7980 includes relocations. Use the fact that relocs are
7981 created it order, so look from the end of relocs
7982 until we hit one before the copied region. */
7983 unsigned long relofs = ssec->reloc->data_offset;
7984 while (relofs >= sizeof(*rel)) {
7985 relofs -= sizeof(*rel);
7986 rel = (ElfW_Rel*)(ssec->reloc->data + relofs);
7987 if (rel->r_offset >= esym->st_value + size)
7988 continue;
7989 if (rel->r_offset < esym->st_value)
7990 break;
7991 put_elf_reloca(symtab_section, sec,
7992 c + rel->r_offset - esym->st_value,
7993 ELFW(R_TYPE)(rel->r_info),
7994 ELFW(R_SYM)(rel->r_info),
7995 #if PTR_SIZE == 8
7996 rel->r_addend
7997 #else
7999 #endif
8003 } else {
8004 if (type->t & VT_BITFIELD) {
8005 int bit_pos, bit_size, bits, n;
8006 unsigned char *p, v, m;
8007 bit_pos = BIT_POS(vtop->type.t);
8008 bit_size = BIT_SIZE(vtop->type.t);
8009 p = (unsigned char*)ptr + (bit_pos >> 3);
8010 bit_pos &= 7, bits = 0;
8011 while (bit_size) {
8012 n = 8 - bit_pos;
8013 if (n > bit_size)
8014 n = bit_size;
8015 v = val >> bits << bit_pos;
8016 m = ((1 << n) - 1) << bit_pos;
8017 *p = (*p & ~m) | (v & m);
8018 bits += n, bit_size -= n, bit_pos = 0, ++p;
8020 } else
8021 switch(bt) {
8022 case VT_BOOL:
8023 *(char *)ptr = val != 0;
8024 break;
8025 case VT_BYTE:
8026 *(char *)ptr = val;
8027 break;
8028 case VT_SHORT:
8029 write16le(ptr, val);
8030 break;
8031 case VT_FLOAT:
8032 write32le(ptr, val);
8033 break;
8034 case VT_DOUBLE:
8035 write64le(ptr, val);
8036 break;
8037 case VT_LDOUBLE:
8038 #if defined TCC_IS_NATIVE_387
8039 /* Host and target platform may be different but both have x87.
8040 On windows, tcc does not use VT_LDOUBLE, except when it is a
8041 cross compiler. In this case a mingw gcc as host compiler
8042 comes here with 10-byte long doubles, while msvc or tcc won't.
8043 tcc itself can still translate by asm.
8044 In any case we avoid possibly random bytes 11 and 12.
8046 if (sizeof (long double) >= 10)
8047 memcpy(ptr, &vtop->c.ld, 10);
8048 #ifdef __TINYC__
8049 else if (sizeof (long double) == sizeof (double))
8050 __asm__("fldl %1\nfstpt %0\n" : "=m" (*ptr) : "m" (vtop->c.ld));
8051 #endif
8052 else if (vtop->c.ld == 0.0)
8054 else
8055 #endif
8056 /* For other platforms it should work natively, but may not work
8057 for cross compilers */
8058 if (sizeof(long double) == LDOUBLE_SIZE)
8059 memcpy(ptr, &vtop->c.ld, LDOUBLE_SIZE);
8060 else if (sizeof(double) == LDOUBLE_SIZE)
8061 memcpy(ptr, &vtop->c.ld, LDOUBLE_SIZE);
8062 #ifndef TCC_CROSS_TEST
8063 else
8064 tcc_error("can't cross compile long double constants");
8065 #endif
8066 break;
8068 #if PTR_SIZE == 8
8069 /* intptr_t may need a reloc too, see tcctest.c:relocation_test() */
8070 case VT_LLONG:
8071 case VT_PTR:
8072 if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
8073 greloca(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR, val);
8074 else
8075 write64le(ptr, val);
8076 break;
8077 case VT_INT:
8078 write32le(ptr, val);
8079 break;
8080 #else
8081 case VT_LLONG:
8082 write64le(ptr, val);
8083 break;
8084 case VT_PTR:
8085 case VT_INT:
8086 if (vtop->r & VT_SYM)
8087 greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_PTR);
8088 write32le(ptr, val);
8089 break;
8090 #endif
8091 default:
8092 //tcc_internal_error("unexpected type");
8093 break;
8096 vtop--;
8097 } else {
8098 vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
8099 vswap();
8100 vstore();
8101 vpop();
8105 /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
8106 object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
8107 allocation. 'flags & DIF_FIRST' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
8108 dimension implicit array init handling). 'flags & DIF_SIZE_ONLY' is true if
8109 size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
8110 static void decl_initializer(init_params *p, CType *type, unsigned long c, int flags)
8112 int len, n, no_oblock, i;
8113 int size1, align1;
8114 Sym *s, *f;
8115 Sym indexsym;
8116 CType *t1;
8118 /* generate line number info */
8119 if (debug_modes && !p->sec)
8120 tcc_debug_line(tcc_state), tcc_tcov_check_line (1);
8122 if (!(flags & DIF_HAVE_ELEM) && tok != '{' &&
8123 /* In case of strings we have special handling for arrays, so
8124 don't consume them as initializer value (which would commit them
8125 to some anonymous symbol). */
8126 tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR &&
8127 (!(flags & DIF_SIZE_ONLY)
8128 /* a struct may be initialized from a struct of same type, as in
8129 struct {int x,y;} a = {1,2}, b = {3,4}, c[] = {a,b};
8130 In that case we need to parse the element in order to check
8131 it for compatibility below */
8132 || (type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT)
8134 int ncw_prev = nocode_wanted;
8135 if ((flags & DIF_SIZE_ONLY) && !p->sec)
8136 ++nocode_wanted;
8137 parse_init_elem(!p->sec ? EXPR_ANY : EXPR_CONST);
8138 nocode_wanted = ncw_prev;
8139 flags |= DIF_HAVE_ELEM;
8142 if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8143 no_oblock = 1;
8144 if (((flags & DIF_FIRST) && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
8145 tok == '{') {
8146 skip('{');
8147 no_oblock = 0;
8150 s = type->ref;
8151 n = s->c;
8152 t1 = pointed_type(type);
8153 size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
8155 /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
8156 them as ((w)char *) expressions */
8157 if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
8158 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
8159 (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
8160 #else
8161 (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
8162 #endif
8163 ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
8164 len = 0;
8165 cstr_reset(&initstr);
8166 if (size1 != (tok == TOK_STR ? 1 : sizeof(nwchar_t)))
8167 tcc_error("unhandled string literal merging");
8168 while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8169 if (initstr.size)
8170 initstr.size -= size1;
8171 if (tok == TOK_STR)
8172 len += tokc.str.size;
8173 else
8174 len += tokc.str.size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
8175 len--;
8176 cstr_cat(&initstr, tokc.str.data, tokc.str.size);
8177 next();
8179 if (tok != ')' && tok != '}' && tok != ',' && tok != ';'
8180 && tok != TOK_EOF) {
8181 /* Not a lone literal but part of a bigger expression. */
8182 unget_tok(size1 == 1 ? TOK_STR : TOK_LSTR);
8183 tokc.str.size = initstr.size;
8184 tokc.str.data = initstr.data;
8185 goto do_init_array;
8188 decl_design_flex(p, s, len);
8189 if (!(flags & DIF_SIZE_ONLY)) {
8190 int nb = n;
8191 if (len < nb)
8192 nb = len;
8193 if (len > nb)
8194 tcc_warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
8195 /* in order to go faster for common case (char
8196 string in global variable, we handle it
8197 specifically */
8198 if (p->sec && size1 == 1) {
8199 init_assert(p, c + nb);
8200 if (!NODATA_WANTED)
8201 memcpy(p->sec->data + c, initstr.data, nb);
8202 } else {
8203 for(i=0;i<n;i++) {
8204 if (i >= nb) {
8205 /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
8206 warning in this case since it is standard) */
8207 if (flags & DIF_CLEAR)
8208 break;
8209 if (n - i >= 4) {
8210 init_putz(p, c + i * size1, (n - i) * size1);
8211 break;
8213 ch = 0;
8214 } else if (size1 == 1)
8215 ch = ((unsigned char *)initstr.data)[i];
8216 else
8217 ch = ((nwchar_t *)initstr.data)[i];
8218 vpushi(ch);
8219 init_putv(p, t1, c + i * size1);
8223 } else {
8225 do_init_array:
8226 indexsym.c = 0;
8227 f = &indexsym;
8229 do_init_list:
8230 /* zero memory once in advance */
8231 if (!(flags & (DIF_CLEAR | DIF_SIZE_ONLY))) {
8232 init_putz(p, c, n*size1);
8233 flags |= DIF_CLEAR;
8236 len = 0;
8237 while (tok != '}' || (flags & DIF_HAVE_ELEM)) {
8238 len = decl_designator(p, type, c, &f, flags, len);
8239 flags &= ~DIF_HAVE_ELEM;
8240 if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8241 ++indexsym.c;
8242 /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
8243 be strictly correct if designators are used at the
8244 same time) */
8245 if (no_oblock && len >= n*size1)
8246 break;
8247 } else {
8248 if (s->type.t == VT_UNION)
8249 f = NULL;
8250 else
8251 f = f->next;
8252 if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
8253 break;
8256 if (tok == '}')
8257 break;
8258 skip(',');
8261 if (!no_oblock)
8262 skip('}');
8264 } else if ((flags & DIF_HAVE_ELEM)
8265 /* Use i_c_parameter_t, to strip toplevel qualifiers.
8266 The source type might have VT_CONSTANT set, which is
8267 of course assignable to non-const elements. */
8268 && is_compatible_unqualified_types(type, &vtop->type)) {
8269 goto one_elem;
8271 } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8272 no_oblock = 1;
8273 if ((flags & DIF_FIRST) || tok == '{') {
8274 skip('{');
8275 no_oblock = 0;
8277 s = type->ref;
8278 f = s->next;
8279 n = s->c;
8280 size1 = 1;
8281 goto do_init_list;
8283 } else if (tok == '{') {
8284 if (flags & DIF_HAVE_ELEM)
8285 skip(';');
8286 next();
8287 decl_initializer(p, type, c, flags & ~DIF_HAVE_ELEM);
8288 skip('}');
8290 } else one_elem: if ((flags & DIF_SIZE_ONLY)) {
8291 /* If we supported only ISO C we wouldn't have to accept calling
8292 this on anything than an array if DIF_SIZE_ONLY (and even then
8293 only on the outermost level, so no recursion would be needed),
8294 because initializing a flex array member isn't supported.
8295 But GNU C supports it, so we need to recurse even into
8296 subfields of structs and arrays when DIF_SIZE_ONLY is set. */
8297 /* just skip expression */
8298 if (flags & DIF_HAVE_ELEM)
8299 vpop();
8300 else
8301 skip_or_save_block(NULL);
8303 } else {
8304 if (!(flags & DIF_HAVE_ELEM)) {
8305 /* This should happen only when we haven't parsed
8306 the init element above for fear of committing a
8307 string constant to memory too early. */
8308 if (tok != TOK_STR && tok != TOK_LSTR)
8309 expect("string constant");
8310 parse_init_elem(!p->sec ? EXPR_ANY : EXPR_CONST);
8312 if (!p->sec && (flags & DIF_CLEAR) /* container was already zero'd */
8313 && (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST
8314 && vtop->c.i == 0
8315 && btype_size(type->t & VT_BTYPE) /* not for fp constants */
8317 vpop();
8318 else
8319 init_putv(p, type, c);
8323 /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
8324 allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
8325 VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
8326 variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers
8327 are parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object
8328 is put in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing
8329 is done to handle string constants. */
8330 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
8331 int has_init, int v, int scope)
8333 int size, align, addr;
8334 TokenString *init_str = NULL;
8336 Section *sec;
8337 Sym *flexible_array;
8338 Sym *sym;
8339 int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
8340 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
8341 int bcheck = tcc_state->do_bounds_check && !NODATA_WANTED;
8342 #endif
8343 init_params p = {0};
8345 /* Always allocate static or global variables */
8346 if (v && (r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CONST)
8347 nocode_wanted |= 0x80000000;
8349 flexible_array = NULL;
8350 size = type_size(type, &align);
8352 /* exactly one flexible array may be initialized, either the
8353 toplevel array or the last member of the toplevel struct */
8355 if (size < 0) {
8356 /* If the base type itself was an array type of unspecified size
8357 (like in 'typedef int arr[]; arr x = {1};') then we will
8358 overwrite the unknown size by the real one for this decl.
8359 We need to unshare the ref symbol holding that size. */
8360 type->ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &type->ref->type, 0, type->ref->c);
8361 p.flex_array_ref = type->ref;
8363 } else if (has_init && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8364 Sym *field = type->ref->next;
8365 if (field) {
8366 while (field->next)
8367 field = field->next;
8368 if (field->type.t & VT_ARRAY && field->type.ref->c < 0) {
8369 flexible_array = field;
8370 p.flex_array_ref = field->type.ref;
8371 size = -1;
8376 if (size < 0) {
8377 /* If unknown size, do a dry-run 1st pass */
8378 if (!has_init)
8379 tcc_error("unknown type size");
8380 if (has_init == 2) {
8381 /* only get strings */
8382 init_str = tok_str_alloc();
8383 while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8384 tok_str_add_tok(init_str);
8385 next();
8387 tok_str_add(init_str, -1);
8388 tok_str_add(init_str, 0);
8389 } else
8390 skip_or_save_block(&init_str);
8391 unget_tok(0);
8393 /* compute size */
8394 begin_macro(init_str, 1);
8395 next();
8396 decl_initializer(&p, type, 0, DIF_FIRST | DIF_SIZE_ONLY);
8397 /* prepare second initializer parsing */
8398 macro_ptr = init_str->str;
8399 next();
8401 /* if still unknown size, error */
8402 size = type_size(type, &align);
8403 if (size < 0)
8404 tcc_error("unknown type size");
8406 /* If there's a flex member and it was used in the initializer
8407 adjust size. */
8408 if (flexible_array && flexible_array->type.ref->c > 0)
8409 size += flexible_array->type.ref->c
8410 * pointed_size(&flexible_array->type);
8413 /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
8414 if (ad->a.aligned) {
8415 int speca = 1 << (ad->a.aligned - 1);
8416 if (speca > align)
8417 align = speca;
8418 } else if (ad->a.packed) {
8419 align = 1;
8422 if (!v && NODATA_WANTED)
8423 size = 0, align = 1;
8425 if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
8426 sec = NULL;
8427 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
8428 if (bcheck && v) {
8429 /* add padding between stack variables for bound checking */
8430 loc -= align;
8432 #endif
8433 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
8434 addr = loc;
8435 p.local_offset = addr + size;
8436 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
8437 if (bcheck && v) {
8438 /* add padding between stack variables for bound checking */
8439 loc -= align;
8441 #endif
8442 if (v) {
8443 /* local variable */
8444 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
8445 if (ad->asm_label) {
8446 int reg = asm_parse_regvar(ad->asm_label);
8447 if (reg >= 0)
8448 r = (r & ~VT_VALMASK) | reg;
8450 #endif
8451 sym = sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
8452 if (ad->cleanup_func) {
8453 Sym *cls = sym_push2(&all_cleanups,
8454 SYM_FIELD | ++cur_scope->cl.n, 0, 0);
8455 cls->prev_tok = sym;
8456 cls->next = ad->cleanup_func;
8457 cls->ncl = cur_scope->cl.s;
8458 cur_scope->cl.s = cls;
8461 sym->a = ad->a;
8462 } else {
8463 /* push local reference */
8464 vset(type, r, addr);
8466 } else {
8467 sym = NULL;
8468 if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
8469 /* see if the symbol was already defined */
8470 sym = sym_find(v);
8471 if (sym) {
8472 if (p.flex_array_ref && (sym->type.t & type->t & VT_ARRAY)
8473 && sym->type.ref->c > type->ref->c) {
8474 /* flex array was already declared with explicit size
8475 extern int arr[10];
8476 int arr[] = { 1,2,3 }; */
8477 type->ref->c = sym->type.ref->c;
8478 size = type_size(type, &align);
8480 patch_storage(sym, ad, type);
8481 /* we accept several definitions of the same global variable. */
8482 if (!has_init && sym->c && elfsym(sym)->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
8483 goto no_alloc;
8487 /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
8488 sec = ad->section;
8489 if (!sec) {
8490 CType *tp = type;
8491 while ((tp->t & (VT_BTYPE|VT_ARRAY)) == (VT_PTR|VT_ARRAY))
8492 tp = &tp->ref->type;
8493 if (tp->t & VT_CONSTANT) {
8494 sec = rodata_section;
8495 } else if (has_init) {
8496 sec = data_section;
8497 /*if (tcc_state->g_debug & 4)
8498 tcc_warning("rw data: %s", get_tok_str(v, 0));*/
8499 } else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
8500 sec = bss_section;
8503 if (sec) {
8504 addr = section_add(sec, size, align);
8505 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
8506 /* add padding if bound check */
8507 if (bcheck)
8508 section_add(sec, 1, 1);
8509 #endif
8510 } else {
8511 addr = align; /* SHN_COMMON is special, symbol value is align */
8512 sec = common_section;
8515 if (v) {
8516 if (!sym) {
8517 sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
8518 patch_storage(sym, ad, NULL);
8520 /* update symbol definition */
8521 put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
8522 } else {
8523 /* push global reference */
8524 vpush_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
8525 sym = vtop->sym;
8526 vtop->r |= r;
8529 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
8530 /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
8531 before for the relocation */
8532 if (bcheck) {
8533 addr_t *bounds_ptr;
8535 greloca(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_PTR, 0);
8536 /* then add global bound info */
8537 bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(addr_t));
8538 bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
8539 bounds_ptr[1] = size;
8541 #endif
8544 if (type->t & VT_VLA) {
8545 int a;
8547 if (NODATA_WANTED)
8548 goto no_alloc;
8550 /* save before-VLA stack pointer if needed */
8551 if (cur_scope->vla.num == 0) {
8552 if (cur_scope->prev && cur_scope->prev->vla.num) {
8553 cur_scope->vla.locorig = cur_scope->prev->vla.loc;
8554 } else {
8555 gen_vla_sp_save(loc -= PTR_SIZE);
8556 cur_scope->vla.locorig = loc;
8560 vpush_type_size(type, &a);
8561 gen_vla_alloc(type, a);
8562 #if defined TCC_TARGET_PE && defined TCC_TARGET_X86_64
8563 /* on _WIN64, because of the function args scratch area, the
8564 result of alloca differs from RSP and is returned in RAX. */
8565 gen_vla_result(addr), addr = (loc -= PTR_SIZE);
8566 #endif
8567 gen_vla_sp_save(addr);
8568 cur_scope->vla.loc = addr;
8569 cur_scope->vla.num++;
8570 } else if (has_init) {
8571 p.sec = sec;
8572 decl_initializer(&p, type, addr, DIF_FIRST);
8573 /* patch flexible array member size back to -1, */
8574 /* for possible subsequent similar declarations */
8575 if (flexible_array)
8576 flexible_array->type.ref->c = -1;
8579 no_alloc:
8580 /* restore parse state if needed */
8581 if (init_str) {
8582 end_macro();
8583 next();
8586 nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
8589 /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
8590 'cur_text_section' */
8591 static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
8593 struct scope f = { 0 };
8594 cur_scope = root_scope = &f;
8595 nocode_wanted = 0;
8596 ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
8597 if (sym->a.aligned) {
8598 size_t newoff = section_add(cur_text_section, 0,
8599 1 << (sym->a.aligned - 1));
8600 gen_fill_nops(newoff - ind);
8602 /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
8603 put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
8604 if (sym->type.ref->f.func_ctor)
8605 add_array (tcc_state, ".init_array", sym->c);
8606 if (sym->type.ref->f.func_dtor)
8607 add_array (tcc_state, ".fini_array", sym->c);
8609 funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
8610 func_ind = ind;
8611 func_vt = sym->type.ref->type;
8612 func_var = sym->type.ref->f.func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
8614 /* put debug symbol */
8615 tcc_debug_funcstart(tcc_state, sym);
8616 /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
8617 sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
8618 local_scope = 1; /* for function parameters */
8619 gfunc_prolog(sym);
8620 local_scope = 0;
8621 rsym = 0;
8622 clear_temp_local_var_list();
8623 block(0);
8624 gsym(rsym);
8625 nocode_wanted = 0;
8626 /* reset local stack */
8627 pop_local_syms(NULL, 0);
8628 gfunc_epilog();
8629 cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
8630 local_scope = 0;
8631 label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL, 0);
8632 sym_pop(&all_cleanups, NULL, 0);
8633 /* patch symbol size */
8634 elfsym(sym)->st_size = ind - func_ind;
8635 /* end of function */
8636 tcc_debug_funcend(tcc_state, ind - func_ind);
8637 /* It's better to crash than to generate wrong code */
8638 cur_text_section = NULL;
8639 funcname = ""; /* for safety */
8640 func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
8641 func_var = 0; /* for safety */
8642 ind = 0; /* for safety */
8643 nocode_wanted = 0x80000000;
8644 check_vstack();
8645 /* do this after funcend debug info */
8646 next();
8649 static void gen_inline_functions(TCCState *s)
8651 Sym *sym;
8652 int inline_generated, i;
8653 struct InlineFunc *fn;
8655 tcc_open_bf(s, ":inline:", 0);
8656 /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
8657 do {
8658 inline_generated = 0;
8659 for (i = 0; i < s->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
8660 fn = s->inline_fns[i];
8661 sym = fn->sym;
8662 if (sym && (sym->c || !(sym->type.t & VT_INLINE))) {
8663 /* the function was used or forced (and then not internal):
8664 generate its code and convert it to a normal function */
8665 fn->sym = NULL;
8666 tcc_debug_putfile(s, fn->filename);
8667 begin_macro(fn->func_str, 1);
8668 next();
8669 cur_text_section = text_section;
8670 gen_function(sym);
8671 end_macro();
8673 inline_generated = 1;
8676 } while (inline_generated);
8677 tcc_close();
8680 static void free_inline_functions(TCCState *s)
8682 int i;
8683 /* free tokens of unused inline functions */
8684 for (i = 0; i < s->nb_inline_fns; ++i) {
8685 struct InlineFunc *fn = s->inline_fns[i];
8686 if (fn->sym)
8687 tok_str_free(fn->func_str);
8689 dynarray_reset(&s->inline_fns, &s->nb_inline_fns);
8692 /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type, or VT_CMP
8693 if parsing old style parameter decl list (and FUNC_SYM is set then) */
8694 static int decl0(int l, int is_for_loop_init, Sym *func_sym)
8696 int v, has_init, r, oldint;
8697 CType type, btype;
8698 Sym *sym;
8699 AttributeDef ad, adbase;
8701 while (1) {
8702 if (tok == TOK_STATIC_ASSERT) {
8703 CString error_str;
8704 int c;
8706 next();
8707 skip('(');
8708 c = expr_const();
8710 if (tok == ')') {
8711 if (!c)
8712 tcc_error("_Static_assert fail");
8713 next();
8714 goto static_assert_out;
8717 skip(',');
8718 parse_mult_str(&error_str, "string constant");
8719 if (c == 0)
8720 tcc_error("%s", (char *)error_str.data);
8721 cstr_free(&error_str);
8722 skip(')');
8723 static_assert_out:
8724 skip(';');
8725 continue;
8728 oldint = 0;
8729 if (!parse_btype(&btype, &adbase)) {
8730 if (is_for_loop_init)
8731 return 0;
8732 /* skip redundant ';' if not in old parameter decl scope */
8733 if (tok == ';' && l != VT_CMP) {
8734 next();
8735 continue;
8737 if (l != VT_CONST)
8738 break;
8739 if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
8740 /* global asm block */
8741 asm_global_instr();
8742 continue;
8744 if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
8745 /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
8746 type. Only accepted when defining global data */
8747 btype.t = VT_INT;
8748 oldint = 1;
8749 } else {
8750 if (tok != TOK_EOF)
8751 expect("declaration");
8752 break;
8756 if (tok == ';') {
8757 if ((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8758 v = btype.ref->v;
8759 if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
8760 tcc_warning("unnamed struct/union that defines no instances");
8761 next();
8762 continue;
8764 if (IS_ENUM(btype.t)) {
8765 next();
8766 continue;
8770 while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
8771 type = btype;
8772 ad = adbase;
8773 type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
8774 #if 0
8776 char buf[500];
8777 type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), &type, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
8778 printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
8780 #endif
8781 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
8782 if ((type.t & VT_STATIC) && (l == VT_LOCAL))
8783 tcc_error("function without file scope cannot be static");
8784 /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
8785 declaration list */
8786 sym = type.ref;
8787 if (sym->f.func_type == FUNC_OLD && l == VT_CONST)
8788 decl0(VT_CMP, 0, sym);
8789 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_MACHO
8790 if (sym->f.func_alwinl
8791 && ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
8792 == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))) {
8793 /* always_inline functions must be handled as if they
8794 don't generate multiple global defs, even if extern
8795 inline, i.e. GNU inline semantics for those. Rewrite
8796 them into static inline. */
8797 type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
8798 type.t |= VT_STATIC;
8800 #endif
8801 /* always compile 'extern inline' */
8802 if (type.t & VT_EXTERN)
8803 type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
8805 } else if (oldint) {
8806 tcc_warning("type defaults to int");
8809 if (gnu_ext && (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
8810 ad.asm_label = asm_label_instr();
8811 /* parse one last attribute list, after asm label */
8812 parse_attribute(&ad);
8813 #if 0
8814 /* gcc does not allow __asm__("label") with function definition,
8815 but why not ... */
8816 if (tok == '{')
8817 expect(";");
8818 #endif
8821 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
8822 if (ad.a.dllimport || ad.a.dllexport) {
8823 if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
8824 tcc_error("cannot have dll linkage with static");
8825 if (type.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
8826 tcc_warning("'%s' attribute ignored for typedef",
8827 ad.a.dllimport ? (ad.a.dllimport = 0, "dllimport") :
8828 (ad.a.dllexport = 0, "dllexport"));
8829 } else if (ad.a.dllimport) {
8830 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
8831 ad.a.dllimport = 0;
8832 else
8833 type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
8836 #endif
8837 if (tok == '{') {
8838 if (l != VT_CONST)
8839 tcc_error("cannot use local functions");
8840 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
8841 expect("function definition");
8843 /* reject abstract declarators in function definition
8844 make old style params without decl have int type */
8845 sym = type.ref;
8846 while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL) {
8847 if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
8848 expect("identifier");
8849 if (sym->type.t == VT_VOID)
8850 sym->type = int_type;
8853 /* apply post-declaraton attributes */
8854 merge_funcattr(&type.ref->f, &ad.f);
8856 /* put function symbol */
8857 type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
8858 sym = external_sym(v, &type, 0, &ad);
8860 /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
8861 of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
8862 the compilation unit only if they are used */
8863 if (sym->type.t & VT_INLINE) {
8864 struct InlineFunc *fn;
8865 fn = tcc_malloc(sizeof *fn + strlen(file->filename));
8866 strcpy(fn->filename, file->filename);
8867 fn->sym = sym;
8868 skip_or_save_block(&fn->func_str);
8869 dynarray_add(&tcc_state->inline_fns,
8870 &tcc_state->nb_inline_fns, fn);
8871 } else {
8872 /* compute text section */
8873 cur_text_section = ad.section;
8874 if (!cur_text_section)
8875 cur_text_section = text_section;
8876 gen_function(sym);
8878 break;
8879 } else {
8880 if (l == VT_CMP) {
8881 /* find parameter in function parameter list */
8882 for (sym = func_sym->next; sym; sym = sym->next)
8883 if ((sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
8884 goto found;
8885 tcc_error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
8886 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
8887 found:
8888 if (type.t & VT_STORAGE) /* 'register' is okay */
8889 tcc_error("storage class specified for '%s'",
8890 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
8891 if (sym->type.t != VT_VOID)
8892 tcc_error("redefinition of parameter '%s'",
8893 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
8894 convert_parameter_type(&type);
8895 sym->type = type;
8896 } else if (type.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
8897 /* save typedefed type */
8898 /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
8899 sym = sym_find(v);
8900 if (sym && sym->sym_scope == local_scope) {
8901 if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)
8902 || !(sym->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
8903 tcc_error("incompatible redefinition of '%s'",
8904 get_tok_str(v, NULL));
8905 sym->type = type;
8906 } else {
8907 sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
8909 sym->a = ad.a;
8910 sym->f = ad.f;
8911 if (debug_modes)
8912 tcc_debug_typedef (tcc_state, sym);
8913 } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID
8914 && !(type.t & VT_EXTERN)) {
8915 tcc_error("declaration of void object");
8916 } else {
8917 r = 0;
8918 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
8919 /* external function definition */
8920 /* specific case for func_call attribute */
8921 type.ref->f = ad.f;
8922 } else if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
8923 /* not lvalue if array */
8924 r |= VT_LVAL;
8926 has_init = (tok == '=');
8927 if (has_init && (type.t & VT_VLA))
8928 tcc_error("variable length array cannot be initialized");
8929 if (((type.t & VT_EXTERN) && (!has_init || l != VT_CONST))
8930 || (type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC
8931 /* as with GCC, uninitialized global arrays with no size
8932 are considered extern: */
8933 || ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !has_init
8934 && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)
8936 /* external variable or function */
8937 type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
8938 sym = external_sym(v, &type, r, &ad);
8939 if (ad.alias_target) {
8940 /* Aliases need to be emitted when their target
8941 symbol is emitted, even if perhaps unreferenced.
8942 We only support the case where the base is
8943 already defined, otherwise we would need
8944 deferring to emit the aliases until the end of
8945 the compile unit. */
8946 Sym *alias_target = sym_find(ad.alias_target);
8947 ElfSym *esym = elfsym(alias_target);
8948 if (!esym)
8949 tcc_error("unsupported forward __alias__ attribute");
8950 put_extern_sym2(sym, esym->st_shndx,
8951 esym->st_value, esym->st_size, 1);
8953 } else {
8954 if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
8955 r |= VT_CONST;
8956 else
8957 r |= l;
8958 if (has_init)
8959 next();
8960 else if (l == VT_CONST)
8961 /* uninitialized global variables may be overridden */
8962 type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
8963 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, has_init, v, l);
8966 if (tok != ',') {
8967 if (is_for_loop_init)
8968 return 1;
8969 skip(';');
8970 break;
8972 next();
8976 return 0;
8979 static void decl(int l)
8981 decl0(l, 0, NULL);
8984 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
8985 #undef gjmp_addr
8986 #undef gjmp
8987 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */